P1D P1D P1D P10D
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p1i0
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 1
TD Bank Group Reports Second Quarter 2024 Results
 
Report to Shareholders
 
Three and six months ended April 30, 2024
The financial information in this document is reported
 
in Canadian dollars and is based on
 
the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and
related Notes prepared in accordance
 
with International Financial Reporting Standards
 
(IFRS) as issued by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB),
unless otherwise noted. Certain comparative
 
amounts have been revised to conform
 
with the presentation adopted in the current period.
Reported results conform with generally accepted
 
accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance
 
with IFRS. Adjusted measures are non-GAAP
 
financial
measures. For additional information about
 
the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures,
 
refer to “Significant Events” and “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial
Measures” in the “How We Performed” section
 
of this document.
SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS,
 
compared with the second quarter
 
last year:
Reported diluted earnings per share were
 
$1.35, compared with $1.69.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were
 
$2.04, compared with $1.91.
Reported net income was $2,564 million,
 
compared with $3,306 million.
Adjusted net income was $3,789 million,
 
compared with $3,707 million.
YEAR-TO-DATE FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, six months ended April
 
30, 2024, compared with the corresponding
 
period last year:
Reported diluted earnings per share were
 
$2.89, compared with $2.52.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were
 
$4.04, compared with $4.14.
Reported net income was $5,388 million,
 
compared with $4,887 million.
Adjusted net income was $7,426 million,
 
compared with $7,861 million.
SECOND QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS
 
OF NOTE)
The second quarter reported earnings figures
 
included the following items of note:
Amortization of acquired intangibles
 
of $72 million ($62 million after-tax or
 
4 cents per share), compared with $79
 
million ($67 million after-tax or
3 cents per share) in the second quarter
 
last year.
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction of $21 million
 
($16 million after-tax or 1 cent per share),
 
compared with
$30 million ($26 million after-tax or 1 cent
 
per share) in the second quarter last year.
Restructuring charges of $165 million ($122
 
million after-tax or 7 cents per share).
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Cowen acquisition of $102 million
 
($80 million after-tax or 4 cents per share),
 
compared with
$73 million ($63 million after-tax or 4 cents
 
per share) in the second quarter last year.
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy of $64 million
 
($48 million after-tax or 3 cents
 
per share), compared with
$134 million ($101 million after-tax or 6 cents
 
per share) in the second quarter last year.
Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement
 
of $274 million ($205 million after-tax
 
or 11 cents per share), compared with $39 million ($28
 
million after-
tax or 2 cents per share) in the second
 
quarter last year.
FDIC special assessment of $103 million ($77
 
million after-tax or 4 cents per share).
 
Provision for investigations related to the
 
Bank’s AML program of $615 million ($615 million
 
after-tax or 35 cents per share).
TORONTO
, May 23, 2024 – TD Bank Group (“TD”
 
or the “Bank”) today announced its
 
financial results for the second quarter ended
 
April 30, 2024. Reported
earnings were $2.6 billion, down 22% compared
 
with the second quarter last year, and adjusted earnings
 
were $3.8 billion, up 2%.
 
“TD delivered strong second quarter results,
 
with earnings of $3.8 billion and solid momentum
 
across our franchise. We delivered significant
 
positive operating
leverage while continuing to invest in our business,
 
including our risk and control infrastructure,”
 
said Bharat Masrani, Group President
 
and Chief Executive Officer,
TD Bank Group.
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking delivered a strong quarter
 
driven by continued volume growth
 
and positive operating leverage
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income was $1,739 million, an
 
increase of 7% compared to the second quarter
 
last year. The increase reflects
revenue growth, partially offset by higher provisions
 
for credit losses and non-interest expenses.
 
Revenue was $4,839 million, an increase
 
of 10%, driven by
volume growth and margin expansion.
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking continued to build momentum, delivering
 
another strong quarter for New to Canada
 
account openings. TD increased
its support for international students with an
 
agreement with HDFC, India’s leading private
 
sector bank, to help attract new customers
 
with a simplified banking
experience. The Bank also established a new
 
collaboration with ApplyBoard, a Canadian
 
educational organization that helps international
 
students prepare their
finances to study in Canada. In addition,
 
TD Auto Finance was ranked #1 in Dealer Satisfaction
 
with Non-Prime and Prime Credit Non-Captive Automotive
Financing Lenders, according to the J.D.
 
Power 2024 Canada Dealer Financing
 
Satisfaction Study
1
.
The U.S. Retail Bank delivered operating
 
momentum with sequential earnings
 
and loan growth in a challenging environment
 
U.S. Retail reported net income was $580
 
million (US$433 million), a decrease of 59%
 
(58% in U.S. dollars) compared
 
with the second quarter last year. On an
adjusted basis, net income was $1,272
 
million, a decline of 16% (17% in U.S. dollars).
 
TD Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab
 
Corporation (“Schwab”)
contributed $183 million in earnings, a decrease
 
of 27% (26% in U.S. dollars) compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
 
The U.S. Retail Bank, which excludes the Bank’s
 
investment in Schwab, reported net income
 
of $397 million (US$297 million), a decrease
 
of 66% (65% in U.S.
dollars) from the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting provisions
 
for investigations related to the Bank’s anti-money
 
laundering program and the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Special
 
Assessment, partially offset by acquisition
 
and integration-related charges for the terminated
 
First Horizon
1
 
TD Auto Finance received the highest score in the retail non-captive non-prime segment and the retail non-captive prime segment in the J.D. Power 2024 Canada Dealer Financing Satisfaction Study,
which measure Canadian auto dealers’ satisfaction with their auto finance providers. Visit jdpower.com/awards for more details.
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 2
transaction in the second quarter last year. On an adjusted
 
basis net income was $1,089 million (US$803
 
million), a decrease of 14% (15% in
 
U.S. dollars) from
the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher
 
PCL and lower revenue.
 
The U.S. Retail Bank continued to deliver loan
 
growth while maintaining its through-the-cycle
 
underwriting standards, with total average
 
loan balances up 7%
compared with the second quarter last
 
year and up 1% from last quarter. Excluding sweep deposits,
 
total personal and business deposit average
 
balances were
down 1% year-over-year, reflecting competitive market conditions,
 
while quarter-over-quarter, personal and business deposit
 
average balances were flat. Overall,
the U.S. Retail Bank delivered balance sheet
 
stability in a challenging environment.
 
During the quarter, TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank®
 
(TD AMCB) launched TD Complete Checking
 
and TD Early Pay, offering customers more flexible
banking options, including earlier access
 
to eligible direct deposits. TD AMCB surpassed
 
five million active mobile customers while continuing
 
to deliver new
features and capabilities that enhance
 
the customer experience. TD AMCB was
 
ranked 9
th
 
on Forbes’
 
list of
America’s Best Employers for Diversity 2024,
 
leading
its peers as the highest ranked financial institution.
Wealth Management and Insurance results reflect
 
strong business momentum
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
was $621 million, an increase of 19% compared
 
with the second quarter last year, as positive top-line momentum
was partially offset by higher insurance service
 
expenses.
 
This quarter’s revenue growth of 11% reflects insurance premium
 
growth, and higher fee-based and
transaction revenue in the Wealth Management business.
Wealth Management and Insurance continued to invest
 
in client-centric innovation this quarter. TD Direct Investing
 
completed its migration of most active
 
traders
to the new TD Active Trader platform and TD Wealth Advice
 
continued to gain market share as it grows its
 
advisor network
2
. TD Asset Management launched
seven new actively managed fixed income
 
ETFs, showcasing the value of its proprietary
 
independent credit research capabilities, and
 
offering investors the
potential to earn a high rate of interest income.
 
In TD Insurance, Small Business Insurance
 
expanded its national reach to new customer
 
segments including
business professionals, healthcare, retail, small
 
manufacturing, and hospitality.
 
Wholesale Banking delivered record
 
revenue reflecting broad-based growth
 
across the business
 
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $361 million, an increase
 
of $211 million compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting higher
revenues, partially offset by higher non-interest
 
expenses. On an adjusted basis, net income
 
was $441 million, an increase of $228
 
million, or 107%. Revenue for
the quarter was $1,940 million, an increase
 
of $523 million, or 37%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, reflecting higher trading-related
 
revenue,
underwriting fees, and lending revenue.
On April 1, TD Securities and TD Cowen
 
achieved an important milestone
 
with the implementation of a unified Investment
 
Banking, Capital Markets and Research
platform, integrating coverage models and streamlining
 
delivery of capabilities for clients.
Enhancements to TD’s anti-money laundering (AML)
 
program
 
The Bank has been cooperating with U.S. regulators
 
and authorities in good faith for many months
 
and is working diligently to bring these
 
investigations to
resolution so that investors can have more
 
clarity. A comprehensive overhaul of TD's U.S. AML program is
 
well underway, and will strengthen our program
globally.
Capital
TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 13.4%.
Conclusion
“Our businesses in Canada, the United States
 
and across the globe are well-positioned
 
to continue to meet the needs of our nearly
 
28 million customers and
clients. I would like to thank our 95,000 TD
 
bankers for everything they do to deliver
 
for all of our stakeholders,”
 
added Masrani.
The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
 
on page 4.
 
2
 
Investor Economics Retail Brokerage and Distribution Quarterly Update, Winter 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 3
ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE
The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial
 
Stability
 
Board in 2012 to identify fundamental
 
disclosure principles,
recommendations and leading practices to enhance
 
risk disclosures of banks. The index below
 
includes the recommendations (as published
 
by the EDTF) and
lists the location of the related EDTF disclosures
 
presented in the second quarter 2024 Report
 
to Shareholders (RTS), Supplemental Financial
 
Information (SFI),
or Supplemental Regulatory Disclosures (SRD).
 
Information on TD’s website, SFI, and SRD is
 
not and should not be considered incorporated
 
herein by reference
into the second quarter 2024 RTS,
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis,
 
or the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Certain disclosure references have
been made to the Bank’s
 
2023 Annual Report.
Type of
Risk
Topic
EDTF Disclosure
Page
RTS
Second
Quarter
2024
SFI
Second
Quarter
2024
SRD
Second
Quarter
2024
Annual Report
2023
General
1
Present all related risk information together in any particular report.
Refer to below for location of disclosures
2
The bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameter
values used.
83-88, 92, 97,
99-101, 112-114
3
Describe and discuss top and emerging risks.
76-82
4
Outline plans to meet each new key regulatory ratio once applicable rules
are finalized.
28, 41
72, 109
Risk
Governance
and Risk
Management
and
Business
Model
5
Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key
functions.
84-87
6
Description of the bank’s risk culture and procedures applied to support the
culture.
83-84
7
Description of key risks that arise from the bank’s business models and
activities.
71, 83, 88-116
8
Description of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital
frameworks.
70, 87, 95, 112
Capital
Adequacy
and Risk
Weighted
Assets
9
Pillar 1 capital requirements and the impact for global systemically important
banks.
 
26-28, 80
1-3, 6
67-69, 73,
219
10
Composition of capital and reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to the
regulatory balance sheet.
1-3, 5
67
11
Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital.
 
4
12
Discussion of capital planning within a more general discussion of
management’s strategic planning.
 
68-70, 112
13
Analysis of how risk-weighted asset (RWA) relate to business activities
 
and
related risks.
 
9-13
70-71
14
Analysis of capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.
 
13
89-92, 94-95
15
Tabulate credit risk in the banking book
 
for Basel asset classes and major
portfolios.
 
35-52, 60-64
16
Flow statement reconciling the movements of RWA by risk type.
 
17-18
17
Discussion of Basel III back-testing requirements.
78
91, 95, 99
Liquidity
18
The bank’s management of liquidity needs and liquidity reserves.
33-35, 37-38
101-103,
105-106
Funding
19
Encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet
category.
36
104, 214
20
Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities
 
and off-balance sheet
commitments by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.
41-43
109-111
21
Discussion of the bank’s funding sources and the bank’s funding strategy.
36-41
106-109
Market Risk
22
Linkage of market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolio and
balance sheet.
30
93
23
Breakdown of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.
30, 32
93, 96-97
24
Significant market risk measurement model limitations and validation
procedures.
31
94-97, 99
25
Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and
parameters.
31
94-97
Credit Risk
26
Provide information that facilitates users’ understanding of the bank’s credit
risk profile, including any significant credit risk concentrations.
23-26, 61-69
21-36
1-5, 13, 17,
19-78
54-66, 88-92,
171-178, 187,
190-191,
217-218
27
Description of the bank’s policies for identifying impaired loans.
69
62, 147-148,
154, 177
28
Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans in the
period and the allowance for loan losses.
24, 64-68
25, 29
60, 174-176
29
Analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risks that arise from derivative
transactions.
53-54, 66-69
91, 159,
181-183, 187,
190-191
30
Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of
credit risk.
 
91, 151, 159
Other Risks
31
Description of ‘other risk’ types based on management’s classifications and
discuss how each one is identified, governed, measured, and managed.
97-100, 112-116
32
Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks.
78
81-82, 212-213,
221
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
4
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
45
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
5
Financial Highlights
46
Glossary
6
Significant Events
6
How We Performed
10
Financial Results Overview
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14
How Our Businesses Performed
49
Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
21
Quarterly Results
50
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income
22
Balance Sheet Review
51
Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
23
Credit Portfolio Quality
52
Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
26
Capital Position
53
Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
29
Managing Risk
54
Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
44
Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
44
Accounting Policies and Estimates
81
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
OF OPERATING
 
PERFORMANCE
This MD&A is presented to enable readers
 
to assess material changes in the financial
 
condition and operating results of TD Bank
 
Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) for
the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024, compared with the corresponding periods
 
shown. This MD&A should be read in conjunction
 
with the Bank’s
unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and related Notes included in this Report
 
to Shareholders and with the 2023 Consolidated
 
Financial
Statements and related Notes and 2023 MD&A.
 
This MD&A is dated May 22, 2024. Unless
 
otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed
 
in Canadian dollars
and have been primarily derived from the
 
Bank’s 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and related Notes or Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and
related Notes, prepared in accordance with
 
IFRS as issued by the IASB. Note that certain
 
comparative amounts have been revised
 
to conform with the
presentation adopted in the current period.
 
Additional information relating to the Bank, including
 
the Bank’s 2023 Annual Information Form, is available
 
on the
Bank’s website at http://www.td.com as well as on SEDAR+
 
at http://www.sedarplus.ca and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR
 
filers section).
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including
 
in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the
United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In
 
addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to
analysts, investors, the media, and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions
 
of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under,
 
applicable
Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the
U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in
this document, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“2023 MD&A”) in the Bank’s
 
2023 Annual Report under the heading “Economic Summary and Outlook”, under the headings
“Key Priorities for 2024” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking,
 
U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
Banking segments, and under the heading “2023 Accomplishments and Focus for 2024” for the Corporate segment,
 
and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities
for 2024 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, and
 
the Bank’s anticipated financial performance. Forward-looking statements
can be identified by words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “forecast”, “goal”, “intend”, “may”,
 
“outlook”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”,
“target”, “will”, and “would” and similar expressions or variations thereof, or the negative thereof, but these terms
 
are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.
By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to
 
inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of
the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and
 
uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the
effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially
 
from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause,
individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit, market (including equity,
 
commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate,
 
and credit spreads), operational (including
technology, cyber security,
 
and infrastructure), model, insurance, liquidity,
 
capital adequacy, legal, regulatory compliance and
 
conduct, reputational, environmental and social, and other
risks. Examples of such risk factors include general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operat
 
es; geopolitical risk; inflation, rising rates and recession;
regulatory oversight and compliance risk;
 
the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies, shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful
 
completion of acquisitions
and dispositions and integration of acquisitions,
 
the ability of the Bank to achieve its financial or strategic objectives with respect to its investments, business
 
retention plans, and other
strategic plans; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks, data security breaches or technology
 
failures) on the Bank’s technologies, systems and networks, those of the
Bank’s customers (including their own devices), and third parties providing services to the Bank; model
 
risk; fraud activity; insider risk; the failure of third parties to comply with their
obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other
 
risks arising from the Bank’s use of third parties; the impact of new and changes
 
to,
or application of, current laws,
 
rules and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory
 
guidance; increased competition from incumbents and
new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors); shifts in consumer attitudes and disruptive technology;
 
environmental and social risk (including climate change);
exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain
 
key talent; changes to the Bank’s credit ratings; changes in foreign
exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices; the interconnectivity of Financial Institutions including
 
existing and potential international debt crises; increased funding
costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate
 
(IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting
standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; the economic, financial, and other impacts of pandemics; and
 
the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims
resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and
 
other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more
detailed information, please refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2023 MD&A, as may be
 
updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news
releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the heading “Significant Events” in
 
the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on
www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events,
 
and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be considered carefully
 
when making
decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s
 
forward-looking statements.
Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out
 
in the 2023 MD&A under the heading “Economic Summary and Outlook”,
under the headings “Key Priorities for 2024” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and
Insurance, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “2023 Accomplishments and Focus for 2024”
 
for the Corporate segment, each as may be updated in subsequently
filed quarterly reports to shareholders.
Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the
 
date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s
shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities and
 
anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates
presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking
 
statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to
time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable law.
This document was reviewed by the Bank’s Audit Committee and was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, prior to its release.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 5
TABLE 1: FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Results of operations
Total revenue – reported
1
$
13,819
$
13,714
$
12,397
$
27,533
$
24,598
Total revenue – adjusted
1,2
13,883
13,771
12,570
27,654
25,647
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,071
1,001
599
2,072
1,289
Insurance service expenses (ISE)
1
1,248
1,366
1,118
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses – reported
1
8,401
8,030
6,756
16,431
14,868
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
7,084
7,125
6,462
14,209
12,799
Net income – reported
1
2,564
2,824
3,306
5,388
4,887
Net income – adjusted
1,2
3,789
3,637
3,707
7,426
7,861
Financial position
(billions of Canadian dollars)
Total loans net of allowance for loan losses
$
928.1
$
904.3
$
849.6
$
928.1
$
849.6
Total assets
1,966.7
1,910.9
1,924.8
1,966.7
1,924.8
Total deposits
1,203.8
1,181.3
1,189.4
1,203.8
1,189.4
Total equity
112.0
112.4
116.2
112.0
116.2
Total risk-weighted assets
3
602.8
579.4
549.4
602.8
549.4
Financial ratios
Return on common equity (ROE) – reported
1,4
9.5
%
10.9
%
12.4
%
10.2
%
9.1
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,2
14.5
14.1
14.0
14.3
15.0
Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)
1,2,4
13.0
14.9
16.5
13.9
12.3
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
1,2
19.2
18.7
18.3
18.9
19.7
Efficiency ratio – reported
1,4
60.8
58.6
54.5
59.7
60.4
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE
1,2,4,5
56.1
57.4
56.4
56.7
54.8
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a % of net
 
average loans and acceptances
0.47
0.44
0.28
0.45
0.30
Common share information – reported
(Canadian dollars)
Per share earnings
1
Basic
$
1.35
$
1.55
$
1.69
$
2.90
$
2.52
Diluted
1.35
1.55
1.69
2.89
2.52
Dividends per share
1.02
1.02
0.96
2.04
1.92
Book value per share
4
57.69
57.34
57.08
57.69
57.08
Closing share price
6
81.67
81.67
82.07
81.67
82.07
Shares outstanding (millions)
Average basic
1,762.8
1,776.7
1,828.3
1,769.8
1,824.4
Average diluted
1,764.1
1,778.2
1,830.3
1,771.2
1,826.6
End of period
1,759.3
1,772.1
1,838.5
1,759.3
1,838.5
Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)
$
143.7
$
144.7
$
150.9
$
143.7
$
150.9
Dividend yield
4
5.1
%
4.9
%
4.5
%
5.0
%
4.4
%
Dividend payout ratio
4
75.6
65.7
56.7
70.3
76.2
Price-earnings ratio
1,4
13.8
13.1
10.4
13.8
10.4
Total shareholder return (1 year)
4
4.5
(6.9)
(7.5)
4.5
(7.5)
Common share information – adjusted
(Canadian dollars)
1,2
Per share earnings
1
Basic
$
2.04
$
2.01
$
1.91
$
4.05
$
4.15
Diluted
2.04
2.00
1.91
4.04
4.14
Dividend payout ratio
49.9
%
50.7
%
50.2
%
50.3
%
46.2
%
Price-earnings ratio
1
10.5
10.6
9.8
10.5
9.8
Capital ratios
3
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
13.4
%
13.9
%
15.3
%
13.4
%
15.3
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
15.1
15.7
17.3
15.1
17.3
Total Capital ratio
17.1
17.6
19.7
17.1
19.7
Leverage ratio
4.3
4.4
4.6
4.3
4.6
TLAC ratio
30.6
30.8
34.2
30.6
34.2
TLAC Leverage ratio
8.7
8.6
9.0
8.7
9.0
1
 
For the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 17). Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second
quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
2
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD” or the
 
“Bank”) prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS, the current GAAP,
 
and refers to results prepared in
accordance with IFRS as the “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures
 
such as “adjusted” results and non-GAAP ratios to assess each of its businesses
and to measure overall Bank performance. To
 
arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts reported results for “items of note”. Refer to “Significant
 
Events” and “How We Performed”
sections of this document for further explanation, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of adjusted to reported
 
results. Non-GAAP financial measures and ratios used in this
document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other
 
issuers.
3
 
These measures have been included in this document in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent
 
of Financial Institutions Canada’s (OSFI’s) Capital Adequacy Requirements
(CAR), Leverage Requirements (LR), and Total
 
Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guidelines.
 
Refer to the “Capital Position” section of this document for further details.
4
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
5
 
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE is calculated by dividing adjusted non-interest expenses by adjusted
 
total revenue, net of ISE. Adjusted total revenue, net of ISE –
Q2 2024: $12,635 million, Q1 2024: $12,405 million, Q2 2023: $11,
 
452 million, 2024 YTD: $25,040 million, 2023 YTD: $23,365 million. Effective the first quarter
 
of 2024, the composition
of this non-GAAP ratio and the comparative amounts have been revised.
6
 
Toronto Stock Exchange closing market
 
price.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 6
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
 
a) Provision for Investigations Related to the Bank’s AML Program
In the second quarter of 2024, the Bank recorded
 
an initial provision of $615 million (US$450
 
million) in connection with discussions
 
with one of its U.S. regulators,
related to previously disclosed regulatory and
 
law enforcement investigations of the
 
Bank’s U.S.
Bank Secrecy Act
 
(BSA)/Anti-Money Laundering (AML)
 
program.
For further details, refer to Note 19 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements.
b)
Restructuring Charges
The Bank continued to undertake certain
 
measures in the second quarter of 2024 to reduce
 
its cost base and achieve greater efficiency. In connection with these
measures, the Bank incurred $165 million
 
of restructuring charges which primarily
 
relate to employee severance and other
 
personnel-related costs and real estate
optimization. Next quarter, we expect to incur additional restructuring
 
charges of approximately $50 million, and
 
to conclude our restructuring program.
c) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Special
 
Assessment
On November 16, 2023, the FDIC announced
 
a final rule that implements a special assessment
 
to recover the losses to the Deposit Insurance
 
Fund arising from
the protection of uninsured depositors during
 
the U.S. bank failures in the spring of 2023.
 
The special assessment resulted in the recognition
 
of $411 million
(US$300 million) pre-tax in non-interest expenses
 
in the first quarter of the Bank’s fiscal 2024.
On February 23, 2024, the FDIC notified
 
all institutions subject to the special assessment
 
that its estimate of total losses has increased
 
compared to the amount
communicated with the final rule in November
 
2023. Accordingly, the Bank recognized an additional expense
 
for the special assessment of $103 million
(US$75 million)
in the second quarter of the Bank’s
 
fiscal 2024. The final amount of the Bank’s special
 
assessment may be further updated as
 
the FDIC
determines the actual losses to the Deposit
 
Insurance Fund. The FDIC plans
 
to provide institutions subject to the special
 
assessment with an updated estimate
with its first quarter 2024 special assessment
 
invoice, to be released in June 2024.
HOW WE PERFORMED
 
CORPORATE OVERVIEW
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known
 
as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”).
 
TD is the sixth largest bank in North
 
America by
assets and serves more than 27.5 million customers
 
in four key businesses operating in a number
 
of locations in financial centres around
 
the globe: Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking, including
 
TD Canada Trust and TD Auto Finance Canada; U.S.
 
Retail, including TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient
 
Bank
®
,
TD Auto Finance U.S., TD Wealth (U.S.), and
 
an investment in The Charles Schwab
 
Corporation; Wealth Management and Insurance, including
 
TD Wealth
(Canada), TD Direct Investing, and TD Insurance;
 
and Wholesale Banking, including TD Securities
 
and TD Cowen. TD also ranks among
 
the world’s leading
online financial services firms, with more
 
than 17 million active online and mobile customers.
 
TD had $1.97 trillion in assets on April 30,
 
2024. The Toronto-
Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD”
 
on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.
HOW THE BANK REPORTS
The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements in accordance
 
with IFRS and refers to results prepared
 
in accordance with IFRS as “reported”
results.
 
Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures
In addition to reported results, the Bank also
 
presents certain financial measures, including
 
non-GAAP financial measures that are
 
historical, non-GAAP ratios,
supplementary financial measures and capital
 
management measures, to assess its results.
 
Non-GAAP financial measures, such as “adjusted”
 
results, are utilized
to assess the Bank’s businesses and to measure
 
the Bank’s overall performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts
 
for “items of note” from reported
results. Items of note are items which
 
management does not believe are indicative of
 
underlying business performance and are disclosed
 
in Table 3. Non-GAAP
ratios include a non-GAAP financial measure
 
as one or more of its components. Examples
 
of non-GAAP ratios include adjusted basic
 
and diluted earnings per
share (EPS), adjusted dividend payout ratio, adjusted
 
efficiency ratio, net of ISE, and adjusted effective income
 
tax rate. The Bank believes that non-GAAP
financial measures and non-GAAP ratios
 
provide the reader with a better understanding
 
of how management views the Bank’s performance.
 
Non-GAAP financial
measures and non-GAAP ratios used in this document
 
are not defined terms under IFRS and,
 
therefore, may not be comparable to similar
 
terms used by other
issuers. Supplementary financial measures
 
depict the Bank’s financial performance and
 
position, and capital management
 
measures depict the Bank’s capital
position, and both are explained in this document
 
where they first appear.
U.S. Strategic Cards
The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio is
 
comprised of agreements with certain
 
U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer
 
of private label and co-
branded consumer credit cards to their U.S.
 
customers. Under the terms of the individual
 
agreements, the Bank and the retailers
 
share in the profits generated by
the relevant portfolios after credit losses.
 
Under IFRS, TD is required to present
 
the gross amount of revenue and PCL related
 
to these portfolios in the Bank’s
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. At
 
the segment level, the retailer program partners’
 
share of revenues and credit losses is presented
 
in the Corporate
segment, with an offsetting amount (representing
 
the partners’ net share) recorded in Non-interest
 
expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate’s
 
reported net
income (loss). The net income (loss) included
 
in the U.S. Retail segment includes only
 
the portion of revenue and credit losses
 
attributable to TD under the
agreements.
Investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation
 
and IDA Agreement
On October 6, 2020, the Bank acquired an approximately
 
13.5% stake in The Charles Schwab Corporation
 
(“Schwab”) following the completion of
 
Schwab’s
acquisition of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation
 
(“TD Ameritrade”) of which the Bank
 
was a major shareholder (the “Schwab transaction”).
 
On August 1, 2022,
the Bank sold 28.4 million non-voting common
 
shares of Schwab, at a price of US$66.53
 
per share for proceeds of $2.5 billion (US$1.9
 
billion), which reduced the
Bank’s ownership interest in Schwab to approximately
 
12.0%.
The Bank accounts for its investment in
 
Schwab using the equity method. The U.S.
 
Retail segment reflects the Bank’s share of
 
net income from its investment
in Schwab. The Corporate segment net income
 
(loss) includes amounts for amortization
 
of acquired intangibles, the acquisition
 
and integration charges related to
the Schwab transaction, and the Bank’s share of restructuring
 
and other charges incurred by Schwab.
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available to
common shareholders is reported with
 
a one-month lag. For further details, refer
 
to Note 7 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 7
On November 25, 2019, the Bank and Schwab
 
signed an insured deposit account agreement
 
(the “2019 Schwab IDA Agreement”), with an
 
initial expiration
date of July 1, 2031. Under the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, starting July 1, 2021, Schwab
 
had the option to reduce the deposits by up
 
to US$10 billion per year
(subject to certain limitations and adjustments),
 
with a floor of US$50 billion. In addition, Schwab
 
requested some further operational flexibility
 
to allow for the
sweep deposit balances to fluctuate over
 
time, under certain conditions and subject to
 
certain limitations.
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended insured deposit account
 
agreement (the “2023 Schwab IDA Agreement”),
 
which replaced the
2019 Schwab IDA Agreement. Pursuant
 
to the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement, the Bank
 
continues to make sweep deposit accounts
 
available to clients of Schwab.
Schwab designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate obligation amounts
 
(FROA). Remaining deposits over
 
FROA are designated as floating-
rate obligations. In comparison to the 2019
 
Schwab IDA Agreement, the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement extends the initial expiration
 
date by three years to
July 1, 2034 and provides for lower deposit balances
 
in its first six years,
 
followed by higher balances in the later
 
years. Specifically, until September 2025, the
aggregate FROA will serve as the floor. Thereafter, the floor will be set at US$60
 
billion. In addition, Schwab has the option
 
to buy down up to $6.8 billion
(US$5 billion)
 
of FROA by paying the Bank certain
 
fees in accordance with the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, subject to certain limits.
 
Refer to the “Related Party
Transactions” section in the 2023 MD&A for further details.
During the first quarter of 2024, Schwab exercised
 
its option to buy down the remaining $0.7
 
billion (US$0.5 billion) of the US$5 billion
 
FROA buydown
allowance and paid $32 million (US$23
 
million) in termination fees to the Bank in accordance
 
with the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement. By the
 
end of the first quarter
of 2024, Schwab had completed its buy down
 
of the full US$5 billion FROA buydown
 
allowance and had paid a total of $337
 
million (US$250 million) in termination
fees to the Bank. The fees were intended to
 
compensate the Bank for losses incurred
 
from discontinuing certain hedging relationships
 
and for lost revenues. The
net impact was recorded in net interest income.
The following table provides the operating results
 
on a reported basis for the Bank.
 
 
TABLE 2: OPERATING RESULTS – Reported
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income
$
7,465
$
7,488
$
7,428
$
14,953
$
15,161
Non-interest income
1
6,354
6,226
4,969
12,580
9,437
Total revenue
1
13,819
13,714
12,397
27,533
24,598
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,071
1,001
599
2,072
1,289
Insurance service expenses
1
1,248
1,366
1,118
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses
1
8,401
8,030
6,756
16,431
14,868
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from
investment in Schwab
1
3,099
3,317
3,924
6,416
6,159
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
1
729
634
859
1,363
1,798
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
194
141
241
335
526
Net income – reported
1
2,564
2,824
3,306
5,388
4,887
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
equity instruments
190
74
210
264
293
Net income available to common shareholders
1
$
2,374
$
2,750
$
3,096
$
5,124
$
4,594
1
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 8
The following table provides a reconciliation between
 
the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.
 
For further details refer to the “Significant
 
Events” or “How We
Performed”
 
sections.
TABLE 3: NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation
 
of Adjusted to Reported Net Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Operating results – adjusted
Net interest income
1
$
7,529
$
7,545
$
7,610
$
15,074
$
15,472
Non-interest income
1,2,3
6,354
6,226
4,960
12,580
10,175
Total revenue
2
13,883
13,771
12,570
27,654
25,647
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,071
1,001
599
2,072
1,289
Insurance service expenses
2
1,248
1,366
1,118
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses
2,4
7,084
7,125
6,462
14,209
12,799
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from
investment in Schwab
4,480
4,279
4,391
8,759
9,277
Provision for income taxes
920
872
967
1,792
2,027
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
5
229
230
283
459
611
Net income – adjusted
2
3,789
3,637
3,707
7,426
7,861
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
equity instruments
190
74
210
264
293
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
3,599
3,563
3,497
7,162
7,568
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
6
(72)
(94)
(79)
(166)
(133)
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
4,5
(21)
(32)
(30)
(53)
(64)
Share of restructuring and other charges
 
from investment in Schwab
5
(49)
(49)
Restructuring charges
4
(165)
(291)
(456)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
4
(102)
(117)
(73)
(219)
(94)
Charges related to the terminated First
 
Horizon (FHN) acquisition
4
(154)
(260)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
capital hedging strategy
1
(64)
(57)
(134)
(121)
(1,010)
Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement
4
(274)
(39)
(274)
(1,642)
FDIC special assessment
4
(103)
(411)
(514)
Provision for investigations related to the
 
Bank’s AML program
4
(615)
(615)
Less: Impact of income taxes
Amortization of acquired intangibles
(10)
(15)
(12)
(25)
(20)
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
(5)
(6)
(4)
(11)
(10)
Restructuring charges
(43)
(78)
(121)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
(22)
(24)
(10)
(46)
(15)
Charges related to the terminated FHN acquisition
(38)
(64)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
capital hedging strategy
(16)
(14)
(33)
(30)
(249)
Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement
(69)
(11)
(69)
(456)
FDIC special assessment
(26)
(101)
(127)
Canada Recovery Dividend (CRD) and
 
federal tax rate
 
increase for fiscal 2022
7
585
Total adjustments for items of note
(1,225)
(813)
(401)
(2,038)
(2,974)
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
$
2,374
$
2,750
$
3,096
$
5,124
$
4,594
1
 
Prior to May 4, 2023, the impact shown covers periods before the termination of the FHN transaction and includes
 
the following components, reported in the Corporate segment: i) mark-
to-market gains (losses) on interest rate swaps recorded in non-interest income – Q2 2023: ($263) million,
 
Q1 2023: ($998) million, ii) basis adjustment amortization related to de-
designated fair value hedge accounting relationships, recorded in net interest income – Q2 2023: $129 million, Q1
 
2023: $122 million, and iii) interest income (expense) recognized on the
interest rate swaps, reclassified from non-interest income to net interest income with no impact to total adjusted
 
net income – Q2 2023: $311 million, Q1 2023: $251
 
million. After the
termination of the merger agreement, the residual impact of the strategy is reversed through net interest income
 
– Q2 2024: ($64)
 
million, Q1 2024: ($57) million.
2
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following item of note:
i. Stanford litigation settlement – Q2 2023: $39 million. This reflects the foreign exchange
 
loss and is reported in the Corporate segment.
 
4
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i.
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q2 2024: $42 million, Q1 2024: $63 million, Q2 2023: $49 million, Q1 2023:
 
$24 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
ii. The Bank’s own integration and acquisition costs related to the Schwab
 
transaction – Q2 2024: $16 million, Q1 2024: $23 million, Q2 2023: $18 million, Q1 2023: $21 million
 
,
 
reported
in the Corporate segment;
iii. Restructuring charges – Q2 2024: $165 million,
 
Q1 2024: $291 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
 
iv. Acquisition and integration-related
 
charges – Q2 2024: $102 million, Q1 2024: $117
 
million, Q2 2023: $73 million, Q1 2023: $21 million, reported in the Wholesale Banking segment;
 
v. Charges related to the terminated
 
FHN acquisition – Q2 2023: $154 million, Q1 2023: $106 million, reported in the U.S. Retail
 
segment;
vi. Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement – Q2 2024: $274 million in respect of a
 
civil matter, Q1 2023: $1,603 million in respect of the Stanford
 
litigation settlement, reported in the
Corporate segment;
vii. FDIC special assessment – Q2 2024: $103 million, Q1 2024: $411
 
million,
 
reported in the U.S. Retail segment; and
viii. Provision for investigations related to the Bank’s AML program
 
– Q2 2024: $615 million, reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
5
 
Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab excludes the following items of note on an after-tax basis.
 
The earnings impact of these items is reported in the Corporate
segment:
i. Amortization of Schwab-related acquired intangibles – Q2 2024: $30 million, Q1
 
2024: $31 million, Q2 2023: $30 million, Q1 2023: $30 million;
ii. The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with
 
Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade – Q2 2024: $5 million, Q1 2024: $9 million,
 
Q2 2023: $12 million,
Q1 2023: $13 million;
iii. The Bank’s share of restructuring charges incurred by Schwab – Q1 2024:
 
$27 million;
 
and
iv. The Bank’s share
 
of the FDIC special assessment charge incurred by Schwab – Q1 2024: $22 million.
6
Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business
 
combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of
acquired intangibles relating to the Share of net income from investment in Schwab, reported in the Corporate segment.
 
Refer to footnotes 4 and 5 for amounts.
7
 
CRD and impact from increase in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal 2022 recognized in the first quarter of 2023,
 
reported in the Corporate segment.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 9
TABLE 4: RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
1
(Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Basic earnings per share – reported
2
$
1.35
$
1.55
$
1.69
$
2.90
$
2.52
Adjustments for items of note
0.69
0.45
0.22
1.15
1.63
Basic earnings per share – adjusted
2
$
2.04
$
2.01
$
1.91
$
4.05
$
4.15
Diluted earnings per share – reported
2
$
1.35
$
1.55
$
1.69
$
2.89
$
2.52
Adjustments for items of note
0.69
0.45
0.22
1.15
1.63
Diluted earnings per share – adjusted
2
$
2.04
$
2.00
$
1.91
$
4.04
$
4.14
1
 
EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of
 
shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to
rounding.
2
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
TABLE 5: AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Schwab
1
$
30
$
31
$
30
$
61
$
60
Wholesale Banking related intangibles
27
42
27
69
34
Other
5
6
10
11
19
Included as items of note
62
79
67
141
113
Software and asset servicing rights
104
96
92
200
182
Amortization of intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
$
166
$
175
$
159
$
341
$
295
1
 
Included in Share of net income from investment in Schwab.
Return on Common Equity
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. The
consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated
 
as adjusted net income available to
 
common shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. Adjusted
ROE is a non-GAAP financial ratio and
 
can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income attributable
 
to common shareholders as a percentage of average
 
allocated capital. The
Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its
 
business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity capital requirements
 
under Basel III. Capital allocated
to the business segments was increased
 
to 11.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital effective the first quarter of 2024,
 
compared with 11% in fiscal 2023.
 
TABLE 6: RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Average common equity
$
101,137
$
100,269
$
102,800
$
100,573
$
101,750
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
1
2,374
2,750
3,096
5,124
4,594
Items of note, net of income taxes
1,225
813
401
2,038
2,974
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
1
$
3,599
$
3,563
$
3,497
$
7,162
$
7,568
Return on common equity – reported
1
9.5
%
10.9
%
12.4
%
10.2
%
9.1
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1
14.5
14.1
14.0
14.3
15.0
1
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
Return on Tangible Common Equity
 
Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity
 
less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles
 
on the investments in Schwab and
other acquired intangible assets, net of related
 
deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders after
adjusting for the after-tax amortization of
 
acquired intangibles, which are treated as an
 
item of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is
calculated using reported net income available
 
to common shareholders, adjusted for all
 
items of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. TCE, ROTCE, and
adjusted ROTCE can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity. TCE is a non-GAAP financial measure,
 
and ROTCE and adjusted ROTCE are
 
non-GAAP
ratios.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 10
TABLE 7: RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Average common equity
$
101,137
$
100,269
$
102,800
$
100,573
$
101,750
Average goodwill
18,380
18,208
17,835
18,322
17,713
Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on
investments in Schwab
6,051
6,056
6,142
6,062
6,163
Average other acquired intangibles
1
574
615
583
595
525
Average related deferred tax liabilities
(228)
(231)
(210)
(230)
(195)
Average tangible common equity
76,360
75,621
78,450
75,824
77,544
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
2
2,374
2,750
3,096
5,124
4,594
Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
62
79
67
141
113
Net income available to common shareholders
 
adjusted for
 
amortization of acquired intangibles,
 
net of income taxes
2
2,436
2,829
3,163
5,265
4,707
Other items of note, net of income taxes
1,163
734
334
1,897
2,861
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
2
$
3,599
$
3,563
$
3,497
$
7,162
$
7,568
Return on tangible common equity
2
13.0
%
14.9
%
16.5
%
13.9
%
12.3
%
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
2
19.2
18.7
18.3
18.9
19.7
1
 
Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.
2
 
For the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
The following table reflects the estimated impact
 
of foreign currency translation on key
 
U.S. Retail segment income statement items.
 
The impact is calculated as
the difference in translated earnings using the average
 
U.S. to Canadian dollars exchange rates in the
 
periods noted.
 
TABLE 8: IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024 vs.
April 30, 2024 vs.
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2023
Increase (Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
U.S. Retail Bank
Total revenue – reported
$
8
$
17
Total revenue – adjusted
1
8
17
Non-interest expenses – reported
6
12
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1
4
9
Net income – reported, after-tax
1
3
Net income – adjusted, after-tax
1
2
5
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
2
1
1
U.S. Retail segment net income – reported,
 
after-tax
2
4
U.S. Retail segment net income – adjusted,
 
after-tax
1
3
6
Earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
Basic – reported
$
$
Basic – adjusted
1
Diluted – reported
Diluted – adjusted
1
Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
U.S. dollar
$
0.737
$
0.739
$
0.738
$
0.740
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
Share of net income from investment in Schwab and the foreign exchange impact are reported with a one-month
 
lag.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
OVERVIEW
Performance Summary
Outlined below is an overview of the Bank’s performance
 
for the second quarter of 2024. Shareholder
 
performance indicators help guide and
 
benchmark the
Bank’s accomplishments. For the purposes of
 
this analysis, the Bank utilizes adjusted earnings,
 
which excludes items of note from the reported
 
results that are
prepared in accordance with IFRS. Reported
 
and adjusted results and items of note are
 
explained in “Non-GAAP and Other Financial
 
Measures” in the “How We
Performed” section of this document.
 
Adjusted diluted EPS for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024, decreased 2% from
 
the same period last year.
 
 
Adjusted ROTCE for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024, was 18.9%.
 
For the twelve months ended April 30, 2024,
 
the total shareholder return was 4.5%
 
compared to the Canadian peer
3
average of 7.2%.
Net Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported net income for the quarter was $2,564
 
million, a decrease of $742 million, or 22%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting
 
the
impact of the provision for investigations related
 
to the Bank’s AML program, higher non-interest
 
expenses, higher PCL, impact of a civil
 
matter provision, and
restructuring charges, partially offset by higher
 
revenues. On an adjusted basis, net income
 
for the quarter was $3,789 million, an increase
 
of $82 million, or 2%.
3
 
Canadian peers include Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, and
 
The Bank of Nova Scotia.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 11
By segment, the decrease in reported net income
 
reflects decreases in U.S. Retail of $826
 
million and in the Corporate segment of $338
 
million, partially offset
by increases in Wholesale Banking of
 
$211 million, in Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
of $114 million, and in Wealth Management and Insurance of
$97 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
 
Reported net income
 
for the quarter decreased $260 million, or
 
9%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
the impact of the provision for
investigations related to the Bank’s AML program
 
and the impact of a civil matter provision,
 
partially offset by a lower FDIC special assessment,
 
lower restructuring
charges, lower insurance service expenses and
 
higher revenues. Adjusted net income
 
for the quarter increased $152 million, or 4%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net income
 
reflects decreases in U.S. Retail of $327
 
million, in the Corporate segment of $109
 
million, and in Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$46 million, partially offset by increases in
 
Wholesale Banking of $156 million and in
 
Wealth Management and Insurance of
$66 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported net income of $5,388 million increased
 
$501 million, or 10%, compared with the
 
same period last year. The increase reflects higher revenues and
 
the
prior period impacts of the Stanford litigation
 
settlement, the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy and the provision
 
for income taxes in
connection with the CRD and increase in
 
the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal
 
2022, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses,
 
the impact of the provision
for investigations related to the Bank’s AML program,
 
higher PCL, and FDIC special assessment.
 
Adjusted net income was $7,426 million,
 
a decrease of
$435 million, or 6%.
By segment, the increase in reported net income
 
reflects increases in the Corporate segment
 
of $1,651 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking
of $170 million, in Wealth Management and Insurance
 
of $98 million, and in Wholesale Banking
 
of $85 million, partially offset by a decrease
 
in U.S. Retail of
$1,503 million.
Net Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
was $7,465 million, an increase of $37 million
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting higher
volumes and margins in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking, partially offset
 
by lower net interest income in Wholesale
 
Banking. On an adjusted basis,
net interest income was $7,529 million, a
 
decrease of $81 million, or 1%.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest
 
income reflects increases in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$435 million, in the Corporate
segment of $58 million, and in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of $46 million, partially offset
 
by decreases in Wholesale Banking of $309
 
million and in
U.S. Retail of $193 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
 
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
decreased $23 million, compared with
 
the prior quarter, primarily reflecting fewer
 
days in the second quarter, partially
offset by higher volumes and margins in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking. On
 
an adjusted basis, net interest income decreased
 
$16 million.
By segment, the decrease in reported net interest
 
income reflects decreases in U.S. Retail of
 
$58 million, in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking of
$21 million, and in Wholesale Banking of $9 million,
 
partially offset by increases in the Corporate
 
segment of $46 million and in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance
of $19 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported net interest income was $14,953 million,
 
a decrease of $208 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the same period last year, reflecting lower
 
net interest income
in Wholesale Banking and lower volumes and
 
margins in U.S. Retail, partially offset by
 
higher volumes and margins in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial
Banking, impact from the terminated
 
FHN acquisition-related capital hedging
 
strategy, and higher deposit margins in
 
Wealth Management. On an adjusted basis,
net interest income was $15,074
 
million, a decrease of $398 million, or
 
3%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net interest
 
income reflects decreases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $636 million and in U.S. Retail
 
of $461 million, partially
offset by increases in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking of $729 million, in
 
the Corporate segment of $112 million,
 
and in Wealth Management and
Insurance of $48 million.
Non-Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported non-interest income for the quarter
 
was $6,354 million, an increase of $1,385
 
million, or 28%. For both reported and adjusted
 
non-interest income, the
increase primarily reflected higher trading-related
 
revenue, underwriting fees, and lending
 
fees in Wholesale Banking, higher insurance premiums,
 
higher fee-
based revenue commensurate with market
 
growth and transaction revenue in
 
Wealth Management, and higher revenue from
 
treasury and balance sheet
management activities.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
income reflects increases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $832 million, in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of
$267 million, in the Corporate segment
 
of $203 million, and in U.S. Retail of $83
 
million. Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
non-interest income was flat
compared with the second quarter last
 
year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Non-interest income for the quarter increased
 
$128 million, or 2%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting higher underwriting
 
and advisory fees, and
the net change in fair value of loan underwriting
 
commitments in Wholesale Banking.
By segment, the increase in non-interest income
 
reflects increases in Wholesale Banking
 
of $169 million, in the Corporate segment
 
of $21 million, and in U.S.
Retail of $2 million, partially offset by decreases
 
in Wealth Management and Insurance of
 
$40 million and in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking of
$24 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported non-interest income was $12,580
 
million, an increase of $3,143 million, or 33%,
 
compared with the same period last year, primarily reflecting
 
higher
trading-related revenue, underwriting fees, lending
 
fees, and equity commissions in
 
Wholesale Banking, the prior period impact of
 
the terminated FHN acquisition-
related capital hedging strategy, higher insurance
 
premiums, higher fee-based revenue
 
commensurate with market growth in
 
Wealth Management, and higher
revenue from treasury and balance sheet management
 
activities. Adjusted non-interest income
 
was $12,580 million, an increase of $2,405
 
million, or 24%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
income reflects increases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $1,594 million, in the Corporate
 
segment of $936 million, in
Wealth Management and Insurance of $485 million,
 
in U.S. Retail of $127 million, and in
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
of $1 million.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 12
Provision for Credit Losses
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
PCL for the quarter was $1,071 million, an increase
 
of $472 million compared with the
 
second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $870 million,
 
an increase of
$319 million, or 58%, reflecting credit migration
 
in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios.
 
PCL – performing was $201 million, an increase
 
of
$153 million. The performing provisions this
 
quarter largely reflect current credit
 
conditions including some credit migration,
 
and volume growth. Total PCL for the
quarter as an annualized percentage of
 
credit volume was 0.47%.
 
By segment, PCL was higher by $220
 
million in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, by $190 million in U.S. Retail, by $43
 
million in Wholesale
Banking, by $20 million in the Corporate segment,
 
and lower by $1 million in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
 
PCL for the quarter was $1,071 million, an increase
 
of $70 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $870 million, a decrease of
 
$64 million,
largely reflecting lower provisions in the
 
U.S. commercial lending portfolios, and seasonal
 
trends in the U.S. credit card and auto portfolios,
 
partially offset by credit
migration in the Canadian commercial lending
 
portfolios. PCL – performing was $201
 
million, an increase of $134 million. The performing
 
provisions this quarter
largely reflect current credit conditions including
 
some credit migration, and volume growth.
 
Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume
was 0.47%.
 
By segment, PCL was higher by $45 million in
 
Wholesale Banking,
 
by $44 million in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking, and lower by $14 million
 
in
the Corporate segment,
 
and by $5 million in U.S. Retail.
 
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
PCL was $2,072 million, an increase
 
of $783 million compared with the same
 
period last year. PCL – impaired
 
was $1,804 million, an increase of
 
$700 million,
reflecting credit migration in the consumer and
 
commercial lending portfolios.
 
PCL – performing was $268 million,
 
an increase of $83 million. The current
 
year
performing build reflects volume growth and
 
credit conditions including some credit migration.
 
Total PCL as an annualized percentage
 
of credit volume was 0.45%.
By segment, PCL was higher in U.S. Retail
 
by $375
 
million, in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking by $316 million, in the Corporate
 
segment by
$72 million, in Wholesale Banking by $21
 
million, and lower in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance by $1 million.
TABLE 9: PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 3 (impaired)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
$
397
$
364
$
234
$
761
$
454
U.S. Retail
311
377
186
688
398
Wealth Management and Insurance
1
1
Wholesale Banking
(1)
5
5
4
6
Corporate
2
163
188
125
351
245
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3
870
934
551
1,804
1,104
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 1
and Stage 2 (performing)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
70
59
13
129
120
U.S. Retail
69
8
4
77
(8)
Wealth Management and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
56
5
7
61
38
Corporate
2
6
(5)
24
1
35
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1
and Stage 2
201
67
48
268
185
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
$
1,071
$
1,001
$
599
$
2,072
$
1,289
-
1
 
Includes PCL for off-balance sheet instruments.
2
 
Includes PCL on the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
Insurance Service Expenses
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,248 million, an increase of $130
 
million, or 12%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting
business growth, increased claims severity,
 
and less favourable prior years’ claims
 
development.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
decreased $118 million, or 9%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting
 
seasonally lower claims,
 
and more
favourable prior years’ claims development.
Yearto-date
 
comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Insurance service expenses were $2,614
 
million, an increase of $332 million, or 15%,
 
compared with the same period last year, reflecting business
 
growth,
increased claims severity,
 
and less favourable prior years’ claims
 
development.
Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency
 
Ratio
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported non-interest expenses were $8,401
 
million, an increase of $1,645 million, or
 
24%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, primarily reflecting the
impact of the provision for investigations related
 
to the Bank’s AML program, higher employee-related
 
expenses, including TD Cowen, the impact
 
of a civil matter
provision, restructuring charges,
 
investments in our risk and control
 
infrastructure, and FDIC special assessment.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
were $7,084 million, an increase of $622
 
million, or 10%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in the
 
Corporate segment of $711 million, in U.S. Retail of $575 million,
 
in
Wholesale Banking of $241 million, in
 
Wealth Management and Insurance of $64 million,
 
and in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking of $54 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 60.8%, compared
 
to 54.5% in the second quarter last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency
 
ratio, net of ISE was 56.1%,
compared with 56.4% in the second quarter
 
last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 13
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Reported non-interest expenses increased
 
$371 million, or 5%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting the impact of the provision
 
for investigations
related to the Bank’s AML program, partially offset
 
by a lower FDIC special assessment.
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses decreased
 
$41 million, or 1%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in the
 
Corporate segment of $301 million and in
 
U.S. Retail of $187 million,
partially offset by decreases in Wholesale Banking
 
of $70 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking of $27 million, and in
 
Wealth Management and
Insurance of $20 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 60.8%, compared
 
with 58.6% in the prior quarter. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio, net of
 
ISE was 56.1%,
compared with 57.4% in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Reported non-interest expenses of $16,431
 
million increased $1,563 million, or 11%, compared with the
 
same period last year, primarily reflecting higher
employee-related expenses, including
 
TD Cowen, the impact of the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s AML program, FDIC
 
special assessment,
restructuring charges, and investments in our
 
risk and control infrastructure, partially offset
 
by the prior period impact of the Stanford
 
litigation settlement. On an
adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were
 
$14,209 million, an increase of $1,410
 
million, or 11%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in U.S.
 
Retail of $945 million, in Wholesale Banking of
 
$858 million, in Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$175 million, and in Wealth Management and Insurance
 
of $102 million, partially offset by a decrease in
 
the Corporate
segment of $517 million.
 
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 59.7%, compared
 
with 60.4% in the same period last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency
 
ratio, net of ISE was 56.7%,
compared with 54.8%
 
in the same period last year.
Income Taxes
 
The Bank’s effective income tax rate on a reported
 
basis was 23.5% for the current quarter, compared with 21.9%
 
in the second quarter last year and
 
19.1% in the
prior quarter. The year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter increases
 
primarily reflect the non-deductible provision
 
for the investigations related to the Bank’s AML
program,
 
partially offset by earnings mix.
 
To allow for an after-tax calculation of adjusted income, the adjusted provision
 
for income taxes is calculated by adjusting
 
the taxes for each item of note using
the statutory income tax rate of the applicable
 
legal entity. The adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
as the adjusted provision for income taxes as
 
a
percentage of adjusted net income before
 
taxes. The Bank’s adjusted effective income tax rate
 
was 20.5% for the current quarter, compared with 22.0%
 
in the
second quarter last year and 20.4% in
 
the prior quarter. The year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter
 
changes primarily reflect earnings mix.
 
TABLE 10: INCOME TAXES – Reconciliation of Reported to Adjusted Provision for
 
Income Taxes
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Income taxes at Canadian statutory income
tax rate
 
$
861
27.8
%
$
920
27.7
%
$
1,089
27.8
%
$
1,780
27.8
%
$
1,709
27.8
%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Dividends received
(3)
(0.1)
(19)
(0.6)
(26)
(0.7)
(11)
(0.2)
(53)
(0.9)
Rate differentials on international operations
1
(124)
(4.0)
(271)
(8.2)
(217)
(5.5)
(395)
(6.2)
(444)
(7.2)
Other
(5)
(0.2)
4
0.2
13
0.3
(11)
(0.2)
586
9.5
Provision for income taxes and effective
 
income tax rate – reported
2
$
729
23.5
%
$
634
19.1
%
$
859
21.9
%
$
1,363
21.2
%
$
1,798
29.2
%
Total adjustments for items of note
191
238
108
429
229
Provision for income taxes and effective
 
income tax rate – adjusted
2
$
920
20.5
%
$
872
20.4
%
$
967
22.0
%
$
1,792
20.5
%
$
2,027
21.8
%
1
 
These amounts reflect tax credits as well as international earnings mix.
2
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
Canadian Tax Measures
On November 30, 2023, Parliament introduced
 
Bill C-59, which advances certain tax
 
measures introduced in the Canadian Federal
 
budget presented on March
28, 2023. Bill C-59 denies the dividend received
 
deduction in respect of dividends received
 
by certain financial institutions on shares
 
that are mark-to-market
property, subject to a minor carve out for dividends on certain
 
preferred shares, as well as imposes a 2%
 
tax on the net value of share repurchases by public
corporations in Canada. The legislation,
 
which is not yet substantively enacted, proposes
 
that these measures be effective beginning January
 
1, 2024.
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation
 
and Development published Pillar Two model rules as part
 
of its efforts toward international tax reform.
 
The Pillar
Two model rules provide for the implementation of a 15%
 
global minimum tax for large multinational
 
enterprises, which is to be applied on a jurisdiction-by-
jurisdiction basis. Pillar Two legislation has been enacted
 
or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions
 
in which the Bank operates. On May
 
2, 2024, the
Government of Canada introduced Bill
 
C-69, which includes the
Global Minimum Tax Act
addressing the Pillar Two model rules. The rules will be
 
effective for the
Bank in Canada and other jurisdictions for
 
the fiscal year beginning on November
 
1, 2024. The Bank is assessing its potential
 
exposure to Pillar Two income
taxes.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 14
ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK
 
The global economy continued to outperform
 
expectations to start calendar 2024,
 
despite geopolitical risks. Inflation has generally
 
continued to cool across the
G-7, and central banks are expected to
 
start lowering interest rates soon. However, the pace of
 
decline is expected to be gradual with central
 
bankers vigilant on
inflation risks. In addition, the evolution of
 
geopolitical risks maintains a degree of
 
uncertainty on both the economic outlook and
 
the inflation trajectory.
U.S. domestic demand started the year on
 
a solid path. Real GDP growth downshifted
 
in the first calendar quarter of 2024
 
from a very rapid pace in the second
half of 2023, but this was due in large part to
 
a drag from net exports. Domestic demand
 
turned in a sturdy performance of 2.8%
 
growth on a quarter-over-quarter
annualized basis, reflecting both consumer
 
spending and business investment. Both
 
advanced by almost 3% in inflation-adjusted
 
terms. However, government
spending cooled to a greater extent.
Based on the April 2024 data, the U.S. job
 
market was still tight with the unemployment
 
rate historically low at 3.9%. Even
 
so, the labour market is showing
signs of cooling, including a deceleration in job
 
openings and wage growth. TD Economics
 
expects this trend to continue. This would
 
help halt a recent upturn in
inflation that prompted the Federal Reserve
 
to signal that interest rates will need to remain
 
higher for longer.
TD Economics expects the U.S. Federal
 
Reserve will lower interest rates from the
 
current restrictive level of 5.25-5.50% to 5.00-5.25%
 
by the end of calendar
2024. This means that interest rates
 
are still expected to weigh on demand through
 
the year.
In contrast, Canada’s economy slowed notably in
 
calendar 2023, with real GDP growth of only
 
1.1% in real terms. TD Economics expects
 
economic growth to
pick up in the first quarter to above 2%, but
 
that pace is not expected to be sustained
 
through the remainder of 2024. Job growth has
 
slowed below labour force
growth, pushing the unemployment rate higher
 
to 6.1% in April. TD Economics expects
 
the unemployment rate to continue to rise in
 
the months ahead,
contributing
 
to prolonged weakness in consumer spending.
 
As a result, TD Economics expects that economic
 
growth is likely to remain modest through
 
2024.
 
Canadian inflation has cooled in recent
 
months, and the Bank of Canada is widely expected
 
to cut interest rates in June or July of 2024.
 
Thereafter, TD
Economics expects the Bank of Canada
 
to lower interest rates gradually. As a result of interest rates declining
 
more in Canada in comparison to the U.S., there
 
is
downside risk to the Canadian dollar, which TD Economics
 
expects will hover in the 70 to 72 U.S. cent
 
range over the next few quarters.
HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED
For management reporting purposes, the Bank’s business
 
operations and activities are organized around
 
the following four key business segments: Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking, U.S.
 
Retail, Wealth Management and Insurance, and
 
Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are
 
grouped into the
Corporate segment.
Results of each business segment reflect revenue,
 
expenses, assets, and liabilities generated
 
by the businesses in that segment. Where
 
applicable,
 
the Bank
measures and evaluates the performance of
 
each segment based on adjusted results
 
and ROE, and for those segments,
 
the Bank indicates that the measure is
adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How
 
We Performed”
 
section of this document, the “Business
 
Focus”
 
section in the Bank’s 2023 MD&A, and Note 28
 
of
the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for the year ended October 31, 2023. Effective
 
the first quarter of 2024, certain asset
 
management businesses
which were previously reported in the
 
U.S. Retail segment are now reported in the
 
Wealth Management and Insurance segment.
 
Comparative period information
has been adjusted to reflect the new alignment.
 
PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage
 
2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan
 
commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded
 
within the
respective segment.
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking
 
is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis
 
(TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable
 
or tax-exempt
income, including certain dividends, is adjusted
 
to its equivalent pre-tax value. Using
 
TEB allows the Bank to measure income from
 
all securities and loans
consistently and makes for a more meaningful
 
comparison of net interest income with similar
 
institutions. The TEB increase to net interest
 
income and provision for
income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking
 
results is reversed in the Corporate segment.
 
The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $4
 
million, compared with
$29 million in the prior quarter and $40 million
 
in the second quarter last year.
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab is reported in the U.S. Retail
 
segment. Amounts for amortization of acquired
 
intangibles,
 
the acquisition and
integration charges related to the Schwab
 
transaction,
 
and the Bank’s share of restructuring and
 
other charges incurred by Schwab are recorded
 
in the Corporate
segment.
TABLE 11: CANADIAN PERSONAL AND COMMERCIAL BANKING
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income
$
3,812
$
3,833
$
3,377
$
7,645
$
6,916
Non-interest income
1,027
1,051
1,027
2,078
2,077
Total revenue
4,839
4,884
4,404
9,723
8,993
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
397
364
234
761
454
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
70
59
13
129
120
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
467
423
247
890
574
Non-interest expenses
1,957
1,984
1,903
3,941
3,766
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
676
692
629
1,368
1,299
Net income
$
1,739
$
1,785
$
1,625
$
3,524
$
3,354
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
1
32.9
%
34.6
%
37.4
%
33.8
%
38.6
%
Net interest margin (including on securitized
 
assets)
2
2.84
2.84
2.74
2.84
2.77
Efficiency ratio
40.4
40.6
43.2
40.5
41.9
Number of Canadian retail branches
1,062
1,062
1,060
1,062
1,060
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
29,053
29,271
28,797
29,163
28,800
1
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024 compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
2
 
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Average
 
interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-
GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed”
 
section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about
these metrics.
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 15
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the quarter was
 
$1,739 million, an increase of $114 million, or 7%, compared
 
with the second quarter
last year, reflecting higher revenue, partially offset by higher PCL
 
and non-interest expenses. The annualized
 
ROE for the quarter was 32.9%, compared
 
with
37.4% in the second quarter last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $4,839 million, an
 
increase of $435
 
million, or 10%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year. Net interest income was
$3,812 million, an increase of $435 million, or
 
13%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, primarily reflecting volume growth and higher
 
margins.
 
Average
loan volumes increased $37 billion, or 7%,
 
reflecting 7% growth in personal loans
 
and 7% growth in business loans. Average deposit
 
volumes increased
$16 billion, or 4%, reflecting 6% growth in
 
personal deposits, partially offset by 1% decline
 
in business deposits. Net interest margin
 
was 2.84%, an increase of
10 basis points (bps), primarily due to higher
 
margins on deposits, partially offset by lower
 
margins on loans and changes to balance sheet
 
mix. Non-interest
income was $1,027 million, flat compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
PCL for the quarter was $467 million, an increase
 
of $220 million compared with the second
 
quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $397 million, an increase
 
of
$163 million, or 70%, reflecting credit migration
 
in the consumer and commercial lending
 
portfolios. PCL – performing was $70
 
million, an increase of $57 million.
The performing provisions this quarter largely
 
reflect credit conditions, including credit
 
migration in the commercial and consumer lending
 
portfolios, and volume
growth. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.34%,
 
an increase of 15 bps compared with
 
the second quarter last year.
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $1,957
 
million, an increase of $54 million, or
 
3%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting higher
spend supporting business growth, including
 
higher employee-related expenses and
 
technology costs, partially offset by higher non-credit
 
provisions in the second
quarter last year.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 40.4%,
 
compared with 43.2% in the second quarter
 
last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
net income for the quarter was $1,739
 
million, a decrease of $46 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the prior quarter,
reflecting lower revenue and higher PCL, partially
 
offset by lower non-interest expenses. The annualized
 
ROE for the quarter was 32.9%, compared
 
with 34.6% in
the prior quarter.
Revenue decreased $45
 
million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Net interest
 
income decreased $21 million, or 1%, reflecting
 
fewer days in the second
quarter, partially offset by volume growth.
 
Average loan volumes increased $5 billion, or
 
1%, reflecting 1% growth in personal loans
 
and 2% growth in business
loans. Average deposit volumes were relatively
 
flat compared with the prior quarter,
 
reflecting 1% growth in personal deposits,
 
offset by 1% decline in business
deposits. Net interest margin was 2.84%,
 
flat compared with the prior quarter. Non-interest income decreased
 
$24 million, or 2%, compared with
 
the prior quarter,
reflecting lower fee revenue.
PCL for the quarter was $467 million, an increase
 
of $44 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $397 million, an increase of
 
$33 million, or
9%, largely reflecting
 
credit migration in the commercial lending
 
portfolio. PCL – performing was $70 million,
 
an increase of $11 million. The performing provisions
this quarter largely reflect credit conditions,
 
including credit migration in the commercial
 
and consumer lending portfolios, and
 
volume growth. Total PCL as an
annualized percentage of credit volume
 
was 0.34%, an increase of 4 bps compared
 
with the prior quarter.
Non-interest expenses decreased $27
 
million, or 1% compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting lower technology costs and employee-related
expenses
.
The efficiency ratio was 40.4%, compared
 
with 40.6%, in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024, was $3,524 million, an increase
 
of $170 million, or 5%,
compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher
 
revenue, partially offset by higher PCL and non-interest
 
expenses. The annualized ROE for the
 
period
was 33.8%, compared with 38.6%, in
 
the same period last year.
Revenue for the period was $9,723
 
million, an increase of $730
 
million, or 8%, compared with the same period
 
last year. Net interest income was
$7,645 million, an increase of $729 million, or
 
11% compared with the same period last year, reflecting volume growth and
 
higher margins. Average loan volumes
increased $37 billion, or 7%, reflecting 7%
 
growth in personal loans and 8% growth
 
in business loans. Average deposit volumes
 
increased $15 billion, or 3%,
reflecting 6% growth in personal deposits,
 
partially offset by a 2% decline in business deposits.
 
Net interest margin was 2.84%, an increase
 
of 7 bps, primarily due
to higher margins on deposits, partially offset
 
by lower margins on loans and changes to balance
 
sheet mix.
Non-interest income was $2,078 million, relatively
 
flat
compared with the same period last year.
PCL was $890 million, an increase of $316
 
million compared with the same period last
 
year. PCL – impaired was $761 million, an increase of $307
 
million, or
68%, reflecting credit migration in the consumer
 
and commercial lending portfolios.
 
PCL – performing was $129 million, an increase
 
of $9 million. The current year
performing provisions largely reflect
 
current credit conditions, including credit
 
migration, and volume growth. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit
volume was 0.32%, an increase of 10 bps
 
compared with the same period last year.
Non-interest expenses were $3,941 million,
 
an increase of $175
 
million, or 5%, compared with the same period
 
last year, reflecting higher spend supporting
business growth, including higher employee-related
 
expenses and technology costs.
The efficiency ratio was 40.5%, compared
 
with 41.9%, for the same period last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 16
TABLE 12: U.S. RETAIL
(millions of dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
Canadian Dollars
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income
$
 
2,841
$
 
2,899
$
 
3,034
$
 
5,740
$
 
6,201
Non-interest income
 
606
 
604
 
523
 
1,210
 
1,083
Total revenue
 
3,447
 
3,503
 
3,557
 
6,950
 
7,284
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
311
 
377
 
186
 
688
 
398
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
69
 
8
 
4
 
77
(8)
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
380
 
385
 
190
 
765
 
390
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
2,597
 
2,410
 
2,022
 
5,007
 
4,062
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
 
1,879
 
1,999
 
1,868
 
3,878
 
3,802
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
 
73
(5)
 
189
 
68
 
393
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1
 
99
 
96
 
227
 
195
 
457
U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported
 
397
 
713
 
1,156
 
1,110
 
2,439
U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted
1
 
1,089
 
1,023
 
1,272
 
2,112
 
2,635
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
3,4
 
183
 
194
 
250
 
377
 
551
Net income – reported
$
 
580
$
 
907
$
 
1,406
$
 
1,487
$
 
2,990
Net income – adjusted
1
 
1,272
 
1,217
 
1,522
 
2,489
 
3,186
U.S. Dollars
Net interest income
$
 
2,094
$
 
2,141
$
 
2,241
$
 
4,235
$
 
4,589
Non-interest income
 
446
 
446
 
387
 
892
 
802
Total revenue
 
2,540
 
2,587
 
2,628
 
5,127
 
5,391
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
229
 
279
 
137
 
508
 
295
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
51
 
6
 
3
 
57
(6)
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
280
 
285
 
140
 
565
 
289
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
1,909
 
1,779
 
1,493
 
3,688
 
3,005
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
 
1,384
 
1,479
 
1,380
 
2,863
 
2,814
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
 
54
(3)
 
140
 
51
 
291
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1
 
73
 
71
 
168
 
144
 
338
U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported
 
297
 
526
 
855
 
823
 
1,806
U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted
1
 
803
 
752
 
940
 
1,555
 
1,950
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
3,4
 
136
 
144
 
185
 
280
 
407
Net income – reported
$
 
433
$
 
670
$
 
1,040
$
 
1,103
$
 
2,213
Net income – adjusted
1
 
939
 
896
 
1,125
 
1,835
 
2,357
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity – reported
5
 
5.4
%
 
8.5
%
 
14.1
%
 
6.9
%
 
14.8
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,5
 
11.7
 
11.3
 
15.3
 
11.5
 
15.8
Net interest margin
1,6
 
2.99
 
3.03
 
3.25
 
3.01
 
3.27
Efficiency ratio – reported
 
75.2
 
68.8
 
56.8
 
71.9
 
55.7
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
1
 
54.5
 
57.2
 
52.5
 
55.8
 
52.2
Assets under administration (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
7
$
 
40
$
 
40
$
 
39
$
 
40
$
 
39
Assets under management (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
7,8
 
7
 
7
 
7
 
7
 
7
Number of U.S. retail stores
 
1,167
 
1,176
 
1,164
 
1,167
 
1,164
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
 
27,957
 
27,985
 
28,401
 
27,971
 
27,987
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i.
 
Charges related to the terminated First Horizon acquisition – Q2 2023: $154 million or US$113
 
million ($116 million or US$85 million after-tax),
 
Q1 2023: $106 million or
US$78 million ($80 million or US$59 million after-tax);
 
ii.
 
FDIC special assessment – Q2 2024: $103 million or US$75 million ($77 million or US$56 million after-tax), Q1 202
 
4: $411 million or US$300 million
 
($310 million or US$226 million
after-tax); and
iii.
 
Provision for investigations related to the Bank’s AML program – Q2 2024: $615 million or US$450 million
 
(before and after tax).
3
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to
 
Note 7 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
4
The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles, the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration
 
charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade, the Bank’s
share of Schwab’s restructuring charges,
 
and the Bank’s share of Schwab’s FDIC special assessment charge are recorded in
 
the Corporate segment.
 
5
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024, compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
6
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing U.S. Retail segment’s net interest income by average interest
 
-earning assets. For the U.S. Retail segment, this calculation excludes the
impact related to sweep deposits arrangements,
 
intercompany deposits,
 
and cash collateral.
 
The value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. For
investment securities, the adjustment to fair value is included in the calculation of average interest-earning assets.
 
Management believes this calculation better reflects segment
performance. Net interest income and average interest-earning assets used in the calculation are non-GAAP financial
 
measures.
 
7
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
 
8
Refer to “How Our Businesses Performed” section regarding alignment of certain asset management businesses
 
from the U.S. Retail segment to the Wealth Management and Insurance
segment.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
U.S. Retail reported net income for the quarter
 
was $580
 
million (US$433 million), a decrease of $826
 
million (US$607 million), or 59% (58% in
 
U.S. dollars),
compared with the second quarter last
 
year. On an adjusted basis, net income for the quarter
 
was $1,272 million (US$939 million), a decrease
 
of $250 million
(US$186 million), or 16% (17% in U.S. dollars).
 
The reported and adjusted annualized ROE
 
for the quarter were 5.4% and 11.7%, respectively, compared with
14.1% and 15.3%, respectively, in the second quarter last year.
U.S. Retail net income includes contributions
 
from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment
 
in Schwab. Reported net income
 
for the quarter from the
Bank’s investment in Schwab was $183 million (US$136
 
million), a decrease of $67 million (US$49
 
million), or 27% (26% in U.S. dollars).
U.S. Retail Bank reported net income was
 
$397 million (US$297 million), a decrease
 
of $759 million (US$558 million), or 66%
 
(65% in U.S. dollars), compared
with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher non-interest
 
expenses, higher PCL, and lower net interest
 
income. U.S. Retail Bank adjusted net
income was $1,089 million (US$803
 
million), a decrease of $183 million (US$137
 
million), or 14% (15% in U.S. dollars),
 
compared with the second quarter last
year, reflecting higher PCL and lower net interest income.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 17
Revenue for the quarter was US$2,540 million,
 
a decrease of US$88 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year. Net interest income of
US$2,094 million, decreased US$147 million,
 
or 7%, driven by lower deposit margins
 
and volumes, partially offset by higher loan volumes.
 
Net interest margin of
2.99%, decreased 26 bps, due to lower deposit
 
margins reflecting higher deposit costs
 
and lower margins on loans. Non-interest
 
income of US$446 million
increased US$59 million, or 15%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting fee income
 
growth from increased customer activity and
 
losses
from the disposition of certain investments
 
in the prior year.
 
Average loan volumes increased US$13 billion,
 
or 7%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year. Personal loans increased 10%,
 
reflecting strong mortgage
and auto originations and lower prepayments
 
in the higher rate environment. Business
 
loans increased 5%, reflecting good originations
 
from new customer growth
and slower payment rates. Average deposit volumes
 
decreased US$21 billion, or 6%, reflecting
 
an 18% decrease in sweep deposits, a 2%
 
decrease in business
deposits, partially offset by a 1% increase in personal
 
deposit volumes. Excluding sweep deposits,
 
average deposits decreased 1%.
Assets under administration (AUA) were
 
US$40 billion as at April 30, 2024, an increase
 
of US$1 billion, or 3%, compared with
 
the second quarter last year,
reflecting net asset growth. Assets under
 
Management (AUM) were US$7 billion
 
as at April 30, 2024, flat compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
PCL for the quarter was US$280 million,
 
an increase of US$140 million compared
 
with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was US$229
 
million, an
increase of US$92 million, or 67%, reflecting
 
credit migration in the consumer and commercial
 
lending portfolios. PCL – performing
 
was US$51 million, an increase
of US$48 million. The performing provisions
 
this quarter reflect credit conditions and
 
volume growth, and are largely recorded in
 
the auto and commercial lending
portfolios. U.S. Retail PCL including only
 
the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards
 
portfolio, as an annualized percentage of
 
credit volume was 0.60%,
an increase of 27 bps, compared with
 
the second quarter last year.
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter
 
were US$1,909 million, an increase of
 
US$416 million, or 28%, compared with the
 
second quarter last year,
reflecting the impact of the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s AML program,
 
and FDIC special assessment, partially
 
offset by acquisition and
integration-related charges for the terminated
 
First Horizon transaction in the second
 
quarter last year. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
were relatively
flat, reflecting higher employee-related expenses,
 
partially offset by productivity initiatives.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for
 
the quarter were 75.2% and 54.5%, respectively, compared with 56.8%
 
and 52.5%, respectively, in the second
quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
U.S. Retail reported net income of $580
 
million (US$433 million), a decrease of
 
$327 million (US$237 million), or 36% (35%
 
in U.S. dollars), compared with the
prior quarter. On an adjusted basis, net income for the
 
quarter was $1,272 million (US$939 million),
 
an increase of $55 million (US$43 million),
 
or 5% (5% in
U.S. dollars). The reported and adjusted annualized
 
ROE for the quarter were 5.4% and 11.7%, respectively, compared with 8.5% and 11.3%, respectively, in the
prior quarter.
 
The contribution from Schwab of $183
 
million (US$136 million) decreased $11 million (US$8 million), or
 
6% (6% in U.S. dollars).
 
U.S. Retail Bank reported net income
 
was $397 million (US$297 million), a decrease
 
of $316 million (US$229 million), or 44%
 
(44% in U.S. dollars), compared
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting higher non-interest
 
expenses and lower net interest income.
 
U.S. Retail Bank adjusted net income was
 
$1,089 million
(US$803 million), an increase of $66
 
million (US$51 million), or 6% (7% in U.S. dollars),
 
primarily reflecting lower non-interest expenses,
 
partially offset by lower
net interest income.
 
Revenue for the quarter was US$2,540 million,
 
a decrease of US$47 million, or 2%,
 
compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income of
 
US$2,094 million
decreased US$47 million, or 2%, primarily reflecting
 
the effect of fewer days in the quarter, and lower deposit margins
 
and volumes. Net interest margin of 2.99%
decreased 4 bps quarter-over-quarter due
 
to balance sheet mix and higher funding
 
costs. Non-interest income of US$446 million
 
was flat compared to the prior
quarter.
Average loan volumes increased US$2 billion,
 
or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Personal loans
 
were relatively flat. Business loans increased
 
1%,
reflecting good originations from new customer
 
growth and slower payment rates. Average
 
deposit volumes decreased US$5 billion, or
 
1%, compared with the
prior quarter, reflecting a 5% decrease in sweep deposits
 
and a 2% decrease in business deposits,
 
partially offset by a 2% increase in personal
 
deposit volume.
 
AUA were US$40 billion
as at April 30, 2024, flat compared
 
with the prior quarter. AUM were US$7 billion, flat compared
 
with the prior quarter.
PCL for the quarter was US$280 million,
 
a decrease of US$5 million compared
 
with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired was US$229 million, a
 
decrease of
US$50 million, or 18%, reflecting lower provisions
 
in the commercial lending portfolios,
 
and seasonal trends in credit card and auto
 
portfolios. PCL – performing
was US$51 million, an increase of US$45
 
million. The performing provisions this quarter
 
reflect credit conditions and volume growth,
 
and are largely recorded in
the auto and commercial lending portfolios.
 
U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share
 
of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio,
 
as an annualized
percentage of credit volume was 0.60%, a
 
decrease of 1 basis point,
 
compared with the prior quarter.
 
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter
 
were US$1,909 million, an increase of
 
US$130 million, or 7%, compared to the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting
the impact of the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s AML program
and additional FDIC special assessment,
 
partially offset by the initial FDIC special
assessment in the prior quarter, and lower operating expenses.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
decreased US$95 million, or 6%, due
 
to seasonality
of expenses and the impact of productivity initiatives.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for
 
the quarter were 75.2% and 54.5%, respectively, compared with 68.8%
 
and 57.2%, respectively, in the prior
quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
U.S. Retail reported net income for the
 
six months ended April 30, 2024, was $1,487
 
million (US$1,103 million), a decrease of
 
$1,503 million (US$1,110 million), or
50% (50% in U.S. dollars), compared with
 
the same period last year. On an adjusted basis, net income
 
for the period was $2,489
 
million (US$1,835 million), a
decrease of $697 million (US$522 million),
 
or 22% (22% in U.S. dollars). The reported
 
and adjusted annualized ROE for the
 
period were 6.9% and 11.5%,
respectively, compared with 14.8% and 15.8%, respectively, in the same period last
 
year.
The contribution from Schwab of $377
 
million (US$280 million), decreased $174 million
 
(US$127 million), or 32% (31% in
 
U.S. dollars).
U.S. Retail Bank reported net income
 
for the period was $1,110
 
million (US$823 million), a decrease of $1,329
 
million (US$983 million), or 54% (54%
 
in U.S.
dollars), compared with the same period
 
last year, reflecting higher non-interest expenses, higher PCL, and
 
lower net interest income.
 
U.S. Retail Bank adjusted
net income was $2,112 million (US$1,555 million), a decrease of
 
$523 million (US$395 million), or 20%
 
(20% in U.S. dollars), primarily reflecting higher
 
PCL,
higher non-interest expenses, and lower net
 
interest income.
 
Revenue for the period was US$5,127
 
million, a decrease of US$264 million, or 5%,
 
compared with the same period last year. Net interest income
 
of
US$4,235 million decreased US$354
 
million, or 8%, primarily reflecting lower deposit
 
margins and volumes, partially offset by higher
 
loan volumes.
 
Net interest
margin of 3.01%, decreased 26 bps, due
 
to lower deposit margins reflecting higher deposit
 
costs and lower margins on loans.
 
Non-interest income of
US$892 million increased US$90 million,
 
or 11%, primarily reflecting fee income growth from increased
 
customer activity and higher valuation on
 
certain
investments in the prior year.
Average loan volumes increased US$15 billion,
 
or 8%, compared with the same period
 
last year. Personal loans increased 10%, reflecting good
 
originations
and slower payment rates across portfolios.
 
Business loans increased 6%, reflecting
 
good originations from new customer
 
growth, and slower payment rates.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 18
Average deposit volumes decreased US$27 billion,
 
or 8%, reflecting a 20% decrease in sweep
 
deposits and a 3% decrease in business
 
deposits. Personal
deposit volumes
 
were flat. Excluding sweep deposits, average
 
deposits decreased 1%.
PCL was US$565 million, an increase of
 
US$276 million compared with the same period
 
last year. PCL – impaired was US$508 million, an increase
 
of
US$213 million, or 72%, reflecting credit
 
migration in the consumer and commercial lending
 
portfolios. PCL – performing was a build of
 
US$57 million, compared
with a recovery of US$6 million in the prior
 
year. The current year performing provisions largely reflect
 
current conditions, including credit migration,
 
and volume
growth. U.S. Retail PCL including
 
only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage
 
of credit volume was 0.60%, an
increase of 27 bps,
 
compared with the same period last
 
year.
Reported non-interest expenses for the period
 
were US$3,688 million, an increase of US$683
 
million, or 23%, compared with the same
 
period last year,
reflecting the impact of the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s AML program,
 
FDIC special assessment, and higher
 
operating expenses, partially
offset by acquisition and integration-related charges
 
for the terminated First Horizon transaction
 
in the same period last year. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
expenses increased US$49 million, or 2%, reflecting
 
higher employee-related expenses.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for
 
the quarter were 71.9% and 55.8%, respectively, compared with 55.7%
 
and 52.2%, respectively, for the same
period last year.
THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
Refer to Note 7, Investment in Associates
 
and Joint Ventures of the Bank’s second quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further information
on Schwab.
TABLE 13: WEALTH MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income
$
304
$
285
$
258
$
589
$
541
Non-interest income
1
2,810
2,850
2,543
5,660
5,175
Total revenue
3,114
3,135
2,801
6,249
5,716
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
1
1
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1
1
Insurance service expenses
1
1,248
1,366
1,118
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses
1
1,027
1,047
963
2,074
1,972
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
218
167
195
385
383
Net income
$
621
$
555
$
524
$
1,176
$
1,078
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
1,2
40.8
%
37.5
%
38.0
%
39.2
%
38.6
%
Efficiency ratio
1
33.0
33.4
34.4
33.2
34.5
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE
1,3
55.0
59.2
57.2
57.1
57.4
Assets under administration (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
4
$
596
$
576
$
549
$
596
$
549
Assets under management (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
489
479
460
489
460
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
15,163
15,386
16,454
15,276
16,426
1
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS
 
17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
2
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024, compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
3
 
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE is calculated by dividing non-interest expenses by total revenue, net of ISE.
 
Total revenue, net of ISE
 
– Q2 2024: $1,866 million, Q1 2024: $1,769 million,
Q2 2023: $1,683 million, 2024 YTD: $3,635 million, 2023 YTD: $3,434 million. Total
 
revenue, net of ISE is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial
Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about
 
this metric.
4
 
Includes AUA administered by TD Investor Services, which is part of the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
segment.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $621 million, an increase
 
of $97 million, or 19%, compared with
 
the second quarter last year,
reflecting higher revenue, partially offset by higher
 
insurance service expenses and non-interest
 
expenses. The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 40.8%,
compared with 38.0% in the second quarter
 
last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $3,114 million, an increase of $313
 
million, or 11%, compared with the second quarter last year. Non-interest income was
$2,810 million, an increase of $267 million, or
 
10%, reflecting higher insurance
 
premiums, fee-based revenue commensurate
 
with market growth and transaction
revenue. Net interest income was $304
 
million, an increase of $46 million, or 18%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, reflecting higher deposit margins.
 
AUA were $596 billion as at April 30, 2024, an
 
increase of $47 billion, or 9%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation
 
and net
asset growth. AUM were $489 billion as at
 
April 30, 2024, an increase of $29 billion,
 
or 6%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, primarily reflecting market
appreciation.
 
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,248 million, an increase of $130
 
million, or 12%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting
business growth, increased claims severity and
 
less favourable prior years’ claims development.
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $1,027
 
million, an increase of $64 million, or
 
7%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting higher
variable compensation commensurate
 
with higher revenues, and technology costs.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.0%,
 
compared with 34.4% in the second quarter
 
last year. The efficiency ratio, net of ISE for the quarter was 55.0%,
compared with 57.2% in the second quarter
 
last year.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $621 million, an increase
 
of $66 million, or 12%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily
reflecting higher earnings in the wealth management
 
business. The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 40.8%, compared with 37.5% in the prior
 
quarter.
Revenue decreased $21 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the prior quarter. Non-interest income decreased $40 million,
 
or 1%, reflecting lower revenue in
 
the
insurance business, partially offset by higher fee-based
 
and transaction revenue in the wealth
 
management business.
 
Net interest income increased $19 million,
 
or
7%, reflecting higher deposit margins.
 
AUA increased $20 billion, or 3%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, reflecting market appreciation and net
 
asset growth.
 
AUM increased $10 billion, or 2%,
compared with prior quarter, primarily reflecting market appreciation.
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
decreased $118 million, or 9%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting
 
seasonally lower claims and more
favourable prior years’ claims development.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 19
Non-interest expenses decreased $20 million,
 
or 2%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower
 
employee-related expenses.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.0%,
 
compared with 33.4% in the prior quarter. The efficiency ratio,
 
net of ISE for the quarter was 55.0%, compared
with 59.2% in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the six months ended April 30, 2024, was
 
$1,176 million, an increase of $98 million, or
 
9%, compared with the
same period last year, reflecting higher revenues, partially
 
offset by higher insurance service expenses and
 
non-interest expenses. The annualized ROE
 
for the
period was 39.2%, compared with 38.6%,
 
in the same period last year.
 
Revenue for the period was $6,249 million,
 
an increase of $533 million, or 9%,
 
compared with same period last year. Non-interest income increased
$485 million, or 9%, reflecting higher insurance
 
premiums, and fee-based revenue commensurate
 
with market growth. Net interest income
 
increased $48 million,
or 9%, reflecting higher investment income in
 
the insurance business, and higher deposit
 
margins, partially offset by lower deposit volumes
 
in the wealth
management business.
Insurance service expenses were $2,614
 
million, an increase of $332 million, or 15%,
 
compared with the same period last year, reflecting business
 
growth,
increased claims severity and less favourable
 
prior years’ claims development.
 
Non-interest expenses were $2,074 million,
 
an increase of $102 million, or 5%,
 
compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher variable
compensation commensurate with higher
 
revenues, and technology costs.
The efficiency ratio for the period was 33.2%, compared
 
with 34.5% for the same period last
 
year. The efficiency ratio, net of ISE for the period was 57.1%,
compared with 57.4% in the same period last
 
year.
TABLE 14: WHOLESALE BANKING
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income (TEB)
$
189
$
198
$
498
$
387
$
1,023
Non-interest income
1,751
1,582
919
3,333
1,739
Total revenue
1,940
1,780
1,417
3,720
2,762
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
(1)
5
5
4
6
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
56
5
7
61
38
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
55
10
12
65
44
Non-interest expenses – reported
1,430
1,500
1,189
2,930
2,072
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
2,3
1,328
1,383
1,116
2,711
1,978
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – reported
94
65
66
159
165
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – adjusted
2
116
89
76
205
180
Net income – reported
$
361
$
205
$
150
$
566
$
481
Net income – adjusted
2
441
298
213
739
560
Selected volumes and ratios
Trading-related revenue (TEB)
4
$
693
$
730
$
482
$
1,423
$
1,144
Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
5
96.3
96.2
95.2
96.3
96.1
Return on common equity – reported
6
9.2
%
5.3
%
4.5
%
7.3
%
7.0
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
2,6
11.3
7.6
6.4
9.5
8.2
Efficiency ratio – reported
73.7
84.3
83.9
78.8
75.0
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
2
68.5
77.7
78.8
72.9
71.6
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
7,077
7,100
6,510
7,089
5,937
1
 
Effective March 1, 2023, Wholesale Banking results include the acquisition of Cowen Inc.
2
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the acquisition and integration-related charges primarily for the Cowen acquisition
 
– Q2 2024: $102 million ($80 million after-tax), Q1 2024:
$117 million ($93 million after-tax), Q2 2023: $73 million ($63 million after
 
-tax), Q1 2023: $21 million ($16 million after-tax).
4
 
Includes net interest income (loss) TEB of ($118) million (Q1
 
2024: $(54) million, Q2 2023: $285 million, Q1 2023: $261 million), and trading income (loss) of
 
$811 million (Q1 2024:
$784 million, Q2 2023: $197 million, Q1 2023: $401 million). Trading-related revenue
 
(TEB) is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the
“How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about this
 
metric.
5
 
Includes gross loans and bankers’ acceptances relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash
 
collateral, credit default swaps, and allowance for credit losses.
6
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024 compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $361 million, an increase
 
of $211 million, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily
reflecting higher revenues, partially offset by higher
 
non-interest expenses. On an adjusted
 
basis, net income was $441 million, an increase
 
of $228
 
million.
Revenue for the quarter, including TD Cowen, was $1,940
 
million, an increase of $523 million, or 37%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year. Higher
revenue primarily reflects higher trading-related
 
revenue, underwriting fees, and lending
 
revenue.
PCL for the quarter was $55 million, an increase
 
of $43 million compared with the second
 
quarter last year. PCL – impaired was a recovery of $1 million.
 
PCL –
performing was $56 million, an increase of
 
$49 million compared to the prior year, reflecting a higher
 
build in the current quarter largely related
 
to credit migration
across various industries.
Reported
 
non-interest expenses for the quarter, including TD Cowen,
 
were $1,430 million, an increase of $241
 
million, or 20%, compared with the second
quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher variable compensation
 
commensurate with higher revenues,
 
TD Cowen and the associated acquisition
 
and integration-
related costs. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
expenses were $1,328 million, an increase
 
of $212
 
million, or 19%.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $361 million, an increase
 
of $156 million, or 76%, compared with
 
the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
higher revenues, and lower non-interest expenses,
 
partially offset by higher PCL. On an adjusted
 
basis, net income was $441 million, an increase
 
of $143 million,
or 48%.
Revenue for the quarter increased $160 million,
 
or 9%, compared with the prior quarter. Higher revenue primarily
 
reflects higher underwriting and
 
advisory fees,
and the net change in fair value of loan underwriting
 
commitments.
PCL for the quarter was $55 million, an increase
 
of $45 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired
 
was a recovery of $1 million. PCL – performing
was $56 million, an increase of $51 million
 
compared to the prior quarter, reflecting a higher build
 
in the current quarter largely related
 
to credit migration across
various industries.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 20
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter
 
decreased $70 million, or 5%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting a provision of $102
 
million
taken in connection with the U.S. record keeping
 
matter recorded in the prior period,
 
partially offset by higher variable compensation
 
commensurate with higher
revenues. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
decreased $55 million or 4%.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the six months ended April 30, 2024
 
was $566 million, an increase of $85 million,
 
or 18%, compared with the same
period last year, reflecting higher revenues, partially offset by higher
 
non-interest expenses. On an adjusted basis, net
 
income was $739
 
million, an increase of
$179 million, or 32%.
Revenue,
 
including TD Cowen,
 
was $3,720 million, an increase of $958 million,
 
or 35%, compared with the same period
 
last year. Higher revenue primarily
reflects higher trading-related revenue,
 
underwriting fees, lending revenue largely
 
from syndicated and leveraged finance, and
 
equity commissions.
 
PCL was $65 million, an increase of $21
 
million compared with the same period
 
last year. PCL – impaired was $4 million. PCL – performing
 
was $61
 
million, an
increase of $23 million compared to the prior
 
year. The current year performing provisions largely reflect
 
credit migration across various industries.
 
Reported non-interest expenses were $2,930
 
million, an increase of $858 million, or 41%,
 
compared with the same period last year, reflecting TD
 
Cowen and
the associated acquisition and integration-related
 
costs, higher variable compensation commensurate
 
with higher revenues, as well as a provision
 
taken in
connection with the U.S. record keeping
 
matter. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were
 
$2,711 million, an increase of $733
 
million or 37%.
TABLE 15: CORPORATE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net income (loss) – reported
$
(737)
$
(628)
$
(399)
$
(1,365)
$
(3,016)
Adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
72
94
79
166
133
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
21
32
30
53
64
Share of restructuring and other charges
 
from investment in Schwab
49
49
Restructuring charges
165
291
456
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy
64
57
134
121
1,010
Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement
274
39
274
1,642
Less: impact of income taxes
CRD and federal tax rate increase for fiscal
 
2022
(585)
Other items of note
143
113
60
256
735
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
$
(284)
$
(218)
$
(177)
$
(502)
$
(317)
Decomposition of items included in net
 
income (loss) – adjusted
Net corporate expenses
2
$
(411)
$
(254)
$
(191)
$
(665)
$
(382)
Other
127
36
14
163
65
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
$
(284)
$
(218)
$
(177)
$
(502)
$
(317)
Selected volumes
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
23,270
23,437
22,656
23,354
22,244
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Corporate segment’s reported net loss
 
for the quarter was $737 million, compared
 
with a reported net loss of $399 million
 
in the second quarter last year.
 
The
higher net loss primarily reflects the impacts
 
of a civil matter provision, higher risk
 
and control expenses and restructuring
 
charges, partially offset by higher
revenue from treasury and balance sheet activities
 
in the current quarter. Net corporate expenses
 
increased $220 million compared to
 
the prior year, primarily
reflecting investments in our risk and control
 
infrastructure. The adjusted net loss for
 
the quarter was $284 million, compared
 
with an adjusted net loss of $177
million in the second quarter last year.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Corporate segment’s reported net loss
 
for the quarter was $737 million, compared
 
with a reported net loss of $628 million
 
in the prior quarter. The higher net
 
loss
reflects higher risk and control expenses
 
and the impact of a civil matter provision,
 
partially offset by lower restructuring charges
 
and higher revenue from treasury
and balance sheet management activities.
 
Net corporate expenses increased $157
 
million compared to the prior quarter, primarily reflecting investments
 
in our risk
and control infrastructure. The adjusted net
 
loss for the quarter was $284 million,
 
compared with an adjusted net loss of $218
 
million in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Corporate segment’s reported net loss
 
for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024 was $1,365 million, compared
 
with a reported net loss of $3,016 million in
 
the same
period last year. The lower net loss primarily
 
reflects the prior period impacts of
 
the Stanford litigation settlement, the terminated
 
FHN acquisition-related capital
hedging strategy and provision for income taxes
 
in connection with the CRD and increase
 
in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal
 
2022, partially offset by
restructuring charges and risk and control
 
expenses in the current period. The adjusted
 
net loss for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024 was $502 million,
compared with an adjusted net loss of $317
 
million in the same period last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 21
QUARTERLY
 
RESULTS
 
The following table provides summary information
 
related to the Bank’s eight most recently
 
completed quarters.
 
TABLE 16: QUARTERLY RESULTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
 
2024
2023
2022
Apr. 30
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Apr. 30
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Net interest income
$
7,465
$
7,488
$
7,494
$
7,289
$
7,428
$
7,733
$
7,630
$
7,044
Non-interest income
1
6,354
6,226
5,684
5,625
4,969
4,468
7,933
3,881
Total revenue
1
13,819
13,714
13,178
12,914
12,397
12,201
15,563
10,925
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,071
1,001
878
766
599
690
617
351
Insurance service expenses
1
1,248
1,366
1,346
1,386
1,118
1,164
723
829
Non-interest expenses
1
8,401
8,030
7,628
7,359
6,756
8,112
6,545
6,096
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
1
729
634
616
704
859
939
1,297
703
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
194
141
156
182
241
285
290
268
Net income – reported
1
2,564
2,824
2,866
2,881
3,306
1,581
6,671
3,214
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
2
 
 
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles
72
94
92
88
79
54
57
58
Acquisition and integration charges related to the
 
 
 
Schwab transaction
21
32
31
54
30
34
18
23
Share of restructuring and other charges from
 
 
 
investment in Schwab
49
35
Restructuring charges
165
291
363
Acquisition and integration-related charges
102
117
197
143
73
21
18
Charges related to the terminated FHN acquisition
84
154
106
67
29
Payment related to the termination of the
 
FHN transaction
3
306
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
capital hedging strategy
64
57
64
177
134
876
(2,319)
678
Impact of retroactive tax legislation on payment card
 
clearing services
4
57
Civil matter provision/Litigation settlement
274
39
1,603
FDIC special assessment
 
103
411
Provision for investigations related to the
Bank’s AML program
615
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
4
(997)
Total pre-tax adjustments
 
for items of note
1,416
1,051
782
909
509
2,694
(3,156)
788
Less: Impact of income taxes
2,5
191
238
163
141
108
121
(550)
189
Net income – adjusted
1,2
3,789
3,637
3,485
3,649
3,707
4,154
4,065
3,813
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
 
 
equity instruments
190
74
196
74
210
83
107
43
Net income available to common
 
 
 
shareholders – adjusted
1,2
$
3,599
$
3,563
$
3,289
$
3,575
$
3,497
$
4,071
$
3,958
$
3,770
 
 
 
(Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
1
 
 
 
Reported
 
$
1.35
$
1.55
$
1.48
$
1.53
$
1.69
$
0.82
$
3.62
$
1.76
Adjusted
2
2.04
2.01
1.82
1.95
1.91
2.24
2.18
2.09
Diluted earnings per share
1
 
 
 
Reported
 
1.35
1.55
1.48
1.53
1.69
0.82
3.62
1.75
Adjusted
2
2.04
2.00
1.82
1.95
1.91
2.23
2.18
2.09
Return on common equity – reported
9.5
%
10.9
%
10.5
%
10.8
%
12.4
%
5.9
%
26.5
%
13.5
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,2
14.5
14.1
12.9
13.8
14.0
16.1
16.0
16.1
 
 
 
(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
 
 
 
Average total assets
$
1,938
$
1,934
$
1,910
$
1,898
$
1,944
$
1,931
$
1,893
$
1,811
Average interest-earning assets
6
1,754
1,729
1,715
1,716
1,728
1,715
1,677
1,609
Net interest margin – reported
1.73
%
1.72
%
1.73
%
1.69
%
1.76
%
1.79
%
1.81
%
1.74
%
Net interest margin – adjusted
2
1.75
1.74
1.75
1.70
1.81
1.82
1.80
1.73
1
 
The Bank adopted IFRS 17 on November 1, 2023. Comparative periods prior to fiscal 2023 have not been restated
 
and are based on IFRS 4.
2
 
For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Significant Events”
 
and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the
 
“How We
Performed” section of this document as well as footnotes 3 and 4.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the payment related to the termination of the FHN transaction, reported in
 
the Corporate segment.
4
 
Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following items of note:
i. The Bank sold 28.4 million non-voting common shares of Schwab and recognized
 
a gain on the sale. The amount is reported in the Corporate segment.
ii. Impact of retroactive tax legislation on payment card clearing services, reported in
 
the Corporate segment.
5
 
Includes the CRD and impact from increase in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal 2022.
6
 
Average interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-GAAP financial
 
measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We
Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about these metrics.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 22
BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
 
 
TABLE 17: SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and Interest-bearing deposits with
 
banks
$
93,973
$
105,069
Trading loans, securities, and other
166,346
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
 
profit or loss
5,646
7,340
Derivatives
82,190
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
5,925
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
75,246
69,865
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
293,594
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
205,722
204,333
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
928,124
895,947
Investment in Schwab
9,866
8,907
Other
1
100,036
110,372
Total assets
1
$
1,966,668
$
1,955,139
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
31,221
$
30,980
Derivatives
69,742
71,640
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
188,105
192,130
Deposits
1,203,771
1,198,190
Obligations related to securities sold under
 
repurchase agreements
192,239
166,854
Subordinated notes and debentures
11,318
9,620
Other
1
158,290
173,654
Total liabilities
1
1,854,686
1,843,068
Total equity
1
111,982
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
1
$
1,966,668
$
1,955,139
1
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
Total assets
 
were $1,967 billion as at April 30, 2024, an increase
 
of $12 billion, from October 31, 2023. The impact
 
of foreign exchange translation from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total assets by $7 billion.
The increase in total assets reflects an increase
 
in loans, net of allowances for loan losses of
 
$32 billion, trading loans, securities, and
 
other of $14 billion, financial
assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income (FVOCI) of $5 billion, securities
 
purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements of $2 billion and
investment in Schwab of $1 billion. The increase
 
was partially offset by a decrease in debt securities
 
at amortized cost (DSAC), net of allowance
 
for credit losses
of $14 billion, cash and interest-bearing deposits
 
with banks of $11 billion, other assets of $10 billion, derivative assets
 
of $5 billion and non-trading financial assets
at fair value through profit or loss of $2 billion.
Cash and interest-bearing deposits with
 
banks
decreased $11 billion primarily reflecting cash management
 
activities.
 
Trading loans, securities, and other
increased $14 billion primarily in equity securities
 
and commodities held for trading, partially
 
offset by government securities
held for trading and the impact of foreign
 
exchange translation.
Non-trading financial assets at fair
 
value through profit or loss
decreased $2 billion reflecting maturities
 
and sales.
Derivative
assets
decreased $5 billion primarily reflecting
 
changes in mark-to-market values of foreign
 
exchange and interest rate contracts.
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
 
increased $5 billion primarily reflecting new
 
investments, partially offset by maturities
 
and
sales.
Debt securities at amortized cost, net
 
of allowance for credit losses
 
decreased $14 billion primarily reflecting
 
maturities and sales and the impact of foreign
exchange translation, partially offset by new investments.
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
increased $2 billion
primarily
reflecting an increase in volume, partially
 
offset by the impact of
foreign exchange translation.
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 
increased $32 billion primarily reflecting volume
 
growth in business and government loans
 
and residential real estate
secured lending, partially offset by the impact of
 
foreign exchange translation.
Investment in Schwab
increased $1 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of the Bank’s share of Schwab’s other comprehensive
 
income.
Other
 
assets decreased $10 billion primarily
 
reflecting a volume decrease in customers’ liabilities
 
under acceptances, partially offset by an increase
 
in amounts
receivable from brokers, dealers, and
 
clients due to higher volumes of pending trades.
Total liabilities
 
were $1,855 billion as at April 30, 2024,
 
an increase of $12 billion from October 31,
 
2023. The impact of foreign exchange
 
translation from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total liabilities by $7 billion.
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 23
The increase in total liabilities reflects an
 
increase in obligations related to securities
 
sold under repurchase agreements of $25 billion,
 
deposits of $6 billion, and
subordinated notes and debentures of $2
 
billion. The increase was partially offset by a decrease
 
in other liabilities of $15 billion, financial
 
liabilities designated at
fair value through profit or loss of $4 billion and
 
derivative liabilities of $2 billion.
Derivative
liabilities
decreased $2 billion primarily reflecting
 
changes in mark-to-market values of foreign exchange
 
and interest rate contracts.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
 
decreased $4 billion reflecting maturities
 
and the impact of foreign exchange
 
translation,
partially offset by new issuances.
Deposits
increased $6 billion primarily reflecting
 
volume increase in business and government
 
and personal deposits, partially offset by
 
the impact of foreign
exchange translation.
Obligations related to securities sold
 
under repurchase agreements
increased $25 billion reflecting an increase
 
in volume, partially offset by the impact of
foreign exchange translation.
Subordinated notes and debentures
increased $2 billion reflecting a new
 
issuance.
Other
 
liabilities decreased $15 billion primarily
 
reflecting volume decrease in acceptances
 
and obligations related to securities sold
 
short, partially offset by a
volume increase in securitization liabilities
 
at fair value.
Equity
was $112 billion as at April 30, 2024 and October 31, 2023, reflecting
 
an increase in accumulated other
 
comprehensive income, offset by lower retained
earnings. The increase in accumulated other
 
comprehensive income is primarily driven
 
by gains on cash flow hedges and
 
the Bank’s share of the other
comprehensive income from investment in
 
Schwab, partially offset by the impact of
 
foreign exchange translation. The retained earnings
 
decreased primarily from
dividends paid and the premium on the repurchase
 
of common shares, partially offset by net income.
CREDIT PORTFOLIO QUALITY
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q2 2023
Gross impaired loans excluding acquired
 
credit-impaired (ACI) loans were $3,895
 
million as at April 30, 2024, an increase of
 
$1,236 million, or 46%, compared
with the second quarter last year. Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking gross impaired loans
 
increased $541 million, or 47%, compared
 
with the second
quarter last year, reflecting formations outpacing resolutions
 
in the commercial and consumer lending
 
portfolios. U.S. Retail gross impaired loans
 
increased
$714 million, or 49%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year, reflecting formations outpacing resolutions
 
in the commercial and consumer lending
 
portfolios,
and the impact of foreign exchange. Wholesale
 
gross impaired loans decreased $19
 
million, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting resolutions
outpacing formations. Net impaired loans
 
were $2,744 million as at April 30, 2024, an increase
 
of $941 million, or 52%, compared with the
 
second quarter last
year.
The allowance for credit losses of $8,550
 
million as at April 30, 2024 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of
 
$1,162 million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,483 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $2,902 million, and the allowance for debt
 
securities of $3 million. The Stage 1 and 2
 
allowances are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses increased
 
$300 million, or 35%, reflective of
 
credit migration in the Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking,
U.S. Retail, and Corporate segments,
 
and the impact of foreign exchange. The
 
Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
 
increased $603 million, or 9%,
reflecting credit conditions, including
 
credit migration, volume growth, and the impact
 
of foreign exchange. The allowance change
 
included an increase of
$77 million attributable to the retailer program
 
partners’ share of the U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio.
 
The allowance for debt securities was $3 million,
 
consistent with the second quarter last
 
year.
 
Forward-looking information, including
 
macroeconomic variables deemed to be
 
predictive of expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
based on the Bank’s experience, is
used to determine ECL scenarios and associated
 
probability weights to determine the probability-weighted
 
ECLs. Each quarter, all base forecast macroeconomic
variables are refreshed, resulting in new upside
 
and downside macroeconomic scenarios.
 
The probability weightings assigned
 
to each ECL scenario are also
reviewed each quarter and updated as required,
 
as part of the Bank’s ECL governance process.
 
As a result of periodic reviews and quarterly
 
updates, the
allowance for credit losses may be revised
 
to reflect updates in loss estimates based on
 
the Bank’s recent loss experience and its forward-looking
 
views. The Bank
periodically reviews the methodology and
 
has performed certain additional quantitative
 
and qualitative portfolio and loan level
 
assessments of significant increase
in credit risk. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s second
 
quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements for further details on
 
forward-looking information.
The probability-weighted allowance for
 
credit losses reflects the Bank’s forward-looking
 
views. To the extent that certain anticipated effects cannot be fully
incorporated into quantitative models, management
 
continues to exercise expert credit judgment
 
in determining the amount of ECLs.
 
The allowance for credit
losses will be updated in future quarters as
 
additional information becomes available.
 
Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
 
Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional details.
The Bank calculates allowances for ECLs
 
on debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $365 billion
 
in such debt securities,
 
all of
which are performing (Stage 1 and 2) and none
 
are impaired (Stage 3). The allowance for
 
credit losses on DSAC and debt securities
 
at FVOCI was $2 million and
$1 million, respectively.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2024 vs. Q1 2024
Gross impaired loans increased $186 million,
 
or 5%, compared with the prior quarter. Impaired loans
 
net of allowance increased $218 million, or
 
9%, compared
with the prior quarter.
The allowance for credit losses of $8,550
 
million as at April 30, 2024 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of
 
$1,162 million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,483 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $2,902 million, and the allowance for debt
 
securities of $3 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances
 
are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased
 
$25 million, or 2%, compared with the prior
 
quarter. The
Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
 
increased $307 million, compared
 
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting current credit conditions,
 
including
credit migration, the impact of foreign exchange,
 
and volume growth.
The allowance for debt securities was $3 million,
 
consistent with the prior quarter.
For further details on loans, impaired loans,
 
allowance for credit losses,
 
and on the Bank’s use of forward-looking information
 
and macroeconomic variables in
determining its allowance for credit losses,
 
refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 24
TABLE 18: CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
Personal, Business, and Government
 
Loans
Impaired loans as at beginning of period
$
3,709
$
3,299
$
2,591
$
3,299
$
2,503
Classified as impaired during the period
1,937
2,005
1,259
3,942
2,609
Transferred to performing during the period
(261)
(315)
(204)
(576)
(444)
Net repayments
(465)
(308)
(334)
(773)
(695)
Disposals of loans
(10)
(10)
Amounts written off
(1,080)
(917)
(679)
(1,997)
(1,304)
Exchange and other movements
55
(45)
26
10
(10)
Impaired loans as at end of period
$
3,895
$
3,709
$
2,659
$
3,895
$
2,659
1
 
Includes customers’ liability under acceptances.
2
 
Excludes ACI loans.
3
 
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
TABLE 19: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
January 31
April 30
2024
2024
2023
Allowance for loan losses for on-balance
 
sheet loans
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
$
2,479
$
2,396
$
2,551
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
3,915
3,686
3,234
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
1,151
1,183
859
Total allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet loans
1
7,545
7,265
6,644
Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
423
424
465
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
568
572
532
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
11
4
3
Total allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
1,002
1,000
1,000
Allowance for loan losses
8,547
8,265
7,644
Allowance for debt securities
3
3
3
Allowance for credit losses
$
8,550
$
8,268
$
7,647
Impaired loans, net of allowance
2
$
2,744
$
2,526
$
1,803
Net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans
2
0.29
%
0.28
%
0.21
%
Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances
0.91
0.89
0.87
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a percentage of net average loans and
 
acceptances
0.47
0.44
0.28
1
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of nil as at April 30, 2024
 
(January 31, 2024 – nil, April 30, 2023 – nil).
 
2
 
Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past
 
due.
Real Estate Secured Lending
Retail real estate secured lending includes
 
mortgages and lines of credit to North American
 
consumers to satisfy financing needs including
 
home purchases and
refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien
 
on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small portion
 
of loans with second liens, but most of
 
these are
behind a TD mortgage that is in first
 
position. In Canada, credit policies are designed
 
so that the combined exposure of all uninsured
 
facilities on one property does
not exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination.
 
Lending at a higher loan-to-value ratio
 
is permitted by legislation but requires
 
default insurance. This
insurance is contractual coverage for the life
 
of eligible facilities and protects the
 
Bank’s real estate secured lending portfolio against
 
potential losses caused by
borrowers’ default. The Bank may also purchase
 
default insurance on lower loan-to-value
 
ratio loans. The insurance is provided
 
by either government-backed
entities or approved private mortgage insurers.
 
In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations,
 
mortgage insurance is usually obtained from either
 
government-
backed entities or approved private mortgage
 
insurers when the loan-to-value exceeds
 
80% of the collateral value at origination.
The Bank regularly performs stress tests
 
on its real estate lending portfolio as part
 
of its overall stress testing program. This is
 
done with a view to determine the
extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable
 
to a severe downturn in economic conditions.
 
The effect of severe changes in house prices,
 
interest rates, and
unemployment levels are among the factors
 
considered when assessing the impact
 
on credit losses and the Bank’s overall profitability. A variety
 
of portfolio
segments, including dwelling type and geographical
 
regions, are examined during the exercise
 
to determine whether specific vulnerabilities
 
exist.
TABLE 20: CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Amortizing
Non-amortizing
Total
Residential
Home equity
Total amortizing real
Home equity
mortgages
lines of credit
estate secured lending
lines of credit
April 30, 2024
Total
$
268,732
$
87,295
$
356,027
$
31,940
$
387,967
October 31, 2023
Total
$
263,733
$
86,943
$
350,676
$
30,675
$
381,351
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
 
Amortizing includes loans where the fixed contractual payments are no longer sufficient to cover the interest
 
based on the rates in effect at April 30, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 25
TABLE 21: REAL ESTATE
 
SECURED LENDING
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
 
Residential mortgages
 
Home equity lines of credit
 
Total
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
April 30, 2024
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,514
0.9
%
$
4,642
1.7
%
$
170
0.1
%
$
2,039
1.7
%
$
2,684
0.7
%
$
6,681
1.7
%
British Columbia
4
8,532
3.2
47,093
17.6
859
0.7
22,029
18.5
9,391
2.4
69,122
17.8
Ontario
4
22,363
8.4
122,615
45.6
2,938
2.5
65,170
54.6
25,301
6.6
187,785
48.4
Prairies
4
18,312
6.8
21,086
7.8
1,634
1.4
12,031
10.1
19,946
5.1
33,117
8.5
Québec
7,042
2.6
14,533
5.4
550
0.5
11,815
9.9
7,592
2.0
26,348
6.8
Total Canada
58,763
21.9
%
209,969
78.1
%
6,151
5.2
%
113,084
94.8
%
64,914
16.8
%
323,053
83.2
%
United States
1,480
55,820
10,818
1,480
66,638
Total
$
60,243
$
265,789
$
6,151
$
123,902
$
66,394
$
389,691
October 31, 2023
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,561
1.0
%
$
4,557
1.7
%
$
181
0.2
%
$
1,938
1.6
%
$
2,742
0.7
%
$
6,495
1.7
%
British Columbia
4
8,642
3.3
46,003
17.4
920
0.8
21,642
18.4
9,562
2.5
67,645
17.7
Ontario
4
22,559
8.6
118,882
45.1
3,126
2.7
64,095
54.4
25,685
6.8
182,977
48.1
Prairies
4
18,621
7.1
20,385
7.7
1,746
1.5
11,956
10.2
20,367
5.3
32,341
8.5
Québec
7,221
2.7
14,302
5.4
590
0.5
11,424
9.7
7,811
2.0
25,726
6.7
Total Canada
59,604
22.7
%
204,129
77.3
%
6,563
5.7
%
111,055
94.3
%
66,167
17.3
%
315,184
82.7
%
United States
1,439
55,169
10,591
1,439
65,760
Total
$
61,043
$
259,298
$
6,563
$
121,646
$
67,606
$
380,944
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
 
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure
 
to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses
caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage
 
insurers.
4
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
The following table provides a summary
 
of the period over which the Bank’s residential
 
mortgages would be fully repaid based on the amount
 
of the most recent
payment received. All figures are calculated
 
based on current customer payment amounts,
 
including voluntary payments larger
 
than the original contractual
amounts and/or other voluntary prepayments.
 
The most recent customer payment amount
 
may exceed the original contractual amount
 
due.
Balances with a remaining amortization longer
 
than 30 years primarily reflect Canadian
 
variable rate mortgages where interest
 
rate increases relative to current
customer payment levels have resulted in
 
a longer current amortization period.
 
At renewal, the amortization period for Canadian
 
mortgages reverts to the
remaining contractual amortization, which
 
may require increased payments.
 
TABLE 22: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING AMORTIZATION
1,2,3
As at
 
<=5
 
>5 – 10
 
>10 – 15
 
>15 – 20
 
>20 – 25
 
>25 – 30
 
>30 – 35
 
>35
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
Total
 
April 30, 2024
Canada
 
0.8
%
2.7
%
5.9
%
14.7
%
31.7
%
26.3
%
1.4
%
16.5
%
100.0
%
United States
4.3
1.2
3.4
7.6
11.6
70.6
0.8
0.5
100.0
Total
1.4
%
2.4
%
5.5
%
13.5
%
28.1
%
34.2
%
1.3
%
13.6
%
100.0
%
October 31, 2023
Canada
 
0.8
%
2.7
%
5.7
%
14.1
%
31.5
%
24.6
%
1.4
%
19.2
%
100.0
%
United States
5.3
1.4
3.8
7.8
10.6
69.5
1.1
0.5
100.0
Total
1.6
%
2.5
%
5.3
%
13.0
%
27.8
%
32.6
%
1.4
%
15.8
%
100.0
%
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
 
Percentage based on outstanding balance.
3
 
$30.4 billion or 11% of the mortgage portfolio in Canada (October 31,
 
2023: $37.4 billion or 14%) relates to mortgages in which the fixed contractual payments are no longer
 
sufficient to
cover the interest based on the rates in effect at April 30, 2024
 
and October 31, 2023, respectively.
TABLE 23: UNINSURED AVERAGE LOAN-TO-VALUE – Newly Originated and Newly Acquired
1,2,3
For the three months ended
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
April 30, 2024
 
October 31, 2023
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
70
%
67
%
69
%
69
%
67
%
68
%
British Columbia
6
67
61
64
65
59
63
Ontario
6
68
61
64
66
60
63
Prairies
6
73
69
71
72
69
71
Québec
69
68
69
69
67
68
Total Canada
68
63
66
67
62
65
United States
72
60
67
75
63
72
Total
69
%
62
%
66
%
68
%
62
%
66
%
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Based on house price at origination.
4
 
Home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) loan-to-value includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.
5
 
HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in loan-to-value calculation.
6
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 26
Sovereign Risk
The table below provides a summary of
 
the Bank’s direct credit exposures
 
outside of Canada and the U.S. (Europe excludes
 
United Kingdom).
 
 
TABLE 24: Total Net Exposure by Region and Counterparty
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
Loans and commitments
1
Derivatives, repos, and securities lending
2
Trading and investment portfolio
3
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Exposure
4
April 30, 2024
Region
Europe
$
8,383
$
7
$
5,438
$
13,828
$
3,877
$
1,887
$
8,628
$
14,392
$
1,018
$
24,766
$
2,568
$
28,352
$
56,572
United Kingdom
8,952
2,759
2,485
14,196
3,119
435
13,487
17,041
945
934
267
2,146
33,383
Asia
245
26
2,368
2,639
447
680
2,323
3,450
197
10,749
1,178
12,124
18,213
Other
5
204
525
729
221
1,018
3,061
4,300
147
502
3,057
3,706
8,735
Total
$
17,784
$
2,792
$
10,816
$
31,392
$
7,664
$
4,020
$
27,499
$
39,183
$
2,307
$
36,951
$
7,070
$
46,328
$
116,903
October 31, 2023
Region
Europe
$
7,577
$
7
$
5,324
$
12,908
$
3,763
$
1,945
$
6,736
$
12,444
$
777
$
25,015
$
2,001
$
27,793
$
53,145
United Kingdom
8,928
7,965
2,131
19,024
2,759
490
13,431
16,680
491
596
257
1,344
37,048
Asia
254
20
2,167
2,441
262
706
2,640
3,608
325
10,728
830
11,883
17,932
Other
5
233
8
517
758
233
720
2,883
3,836
209
1,205
3,443
4,857
9,451
Total
$
16,992
$
8,000
$
10,139
$
35,131
$
7,017
$
3,861
$
25,690
$
36,568
$
1,802
$
37,544
$
6,531
$
45,877
$
117,576
1
 
Exposures, including interest-bearing deposits with banks, are presented net of impairment charges where applicable.
2
 
Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and presented net of collateral. Derivatives are presented as net
 
exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives
Association master netting agreement.
3
 
Trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.
 
4
 
In addition to the exposures identified above, the Bank also has $37.6 billion (October 31, 2023 – $40.8 billion)
 
of exposure to supranational entities.
5
 
Other regional exposure largely attributable to Australia.
CAPITAL POSITION
REGULATORY CAPITAL
Capital requirements of the Basel Committee
 
on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly
 
referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III,
 
Total Capital consists of three
components, namely CET1, Additional
 
Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are
 
calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital
by risk-weighted assets (RWA), inclusive of any minimum requirements
 
outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III introduced
 
a non-risk sensitive
leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure
 
to the risk-sensitive capital requirements.
 
The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing
 
Tier 1 Capital by leverage
exposure which is primarily comprised of
 
on-balance sheet assets with adjustments
 
made to derivative and securities financing
 
transaction exposures, and credit
equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures.
 
TD manages its regulatory capital in
 
accordance with OSFI’s implementation of
 
the Basel III Capital
Framework.
OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III
OSFI’s CAR and LR guidelines detail how
 
the Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian
 
banks.
 
The Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) level was increased
 
to 3.5% as of November 1, 2023. The 50 bps
 
increase from the previous level of 3% reflects
 
OSFI’s view
of appropriate actions to enhance the resilience
 
of Canada’s largest banks against vulnerabilities.
 
The current DSB range is 0 to 4% and the
 
DSB level may
change in response to developments in Canada’s
 
financial system and the broader economic environment.
 
On February 1, 2023, OSFI implemented revised
 
capital rules that incorporate the Basel III reforms
 
with adjustments to make them suitable
 
for domestic
implementation. These revised rules
 
include revisions to the calculation of credit
 
risk and operational risk requirements,
 
and revisions to the LR Guideline to
include a requirement for domestic systemically
 
important banks
 
(D-SIBs) to hold a leverage ratio buffer
 
of 0.50% in addition to the regulatory
 
minimum
requirement of 3.0%. This buffer will also apply
 
to the TLAC leverage ratio.
On November 1, 2023, the Bank implemented
 
OSFI’s Parental Stand-Alone (Solo)
 
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity
 
(TLAC) Framework for D-SIBs, which
establishes a risk-based measure intended
 
to ensure a non-viable D-SIB has
 
sufficient loss absorbing capacity on a
 
stand-alone, legal entity basis to support its
resolution. The Bank is compliant with
 
the requirements set out in this new framework.
The table below summarizes OSFI’s current regulatory
 
minimum capital targets for the Bank as at
 
April 30, 2024.
 
REGULATORY CAPITAL AND TLAC TARGET RATIOS
Capital
 
Pillar 1
Pillar 1 & 2
Conservation
 
D-SIB / G-SIB
Regulatory
Regulatory
Minimum
Buffer
Surcharge
1
Target
2
DSB
Target
CET1
4.5
%
2.5
%
1.0
%
8.0
%
3.5
%
11.5
%
Tier 1
6.0
2.5
1.0
9.5
3.5
13.0
Total Capital
8.0
2.5
1.0
11.5
3.5
15.0
Leverage
3.0
n/a
3
0.5
3.5
n/a
3.5
TLAC
18.0
2.5
1.0
21.5
3.5
25.0
TLAC Leverage
6.75
n/a
0.50
7.25
n/a
7.25
1
 
The higher of the D-SIB and Global Systemically Important Bank (G-SIB) surcharge applies to risk weighted capital.
 
The D-SIB surcharge is currently equivalent to the Bank’s 1% G-SIB
additional common equity requirement for risk weighted capital. The G-SIB surcharge may increase above 1% if
 
the Bank’s G-SIB score increases above certain thresholds to a maximum
of 4.5%. OSFI’s Leverage Requirements Guideline includes a requirement for D-SIBs
 
to hold a leverage ratio buffer set at 50% of a D-SIB’s higher loss absorbency risk
 
-weighted
requirements, effectively 0.50%. This buffer also applies to the TLAC Leverage ratio.
2
 
The Bank’s countercyclical
 
buffer requirement is 0% as of April 30, 2024.
3
 
Not applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 27
The following table provides details of the
 
Bank’s regulatory capital position.
 
TABLE 25: CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
October 31
April 30
2024
2023
2023
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Common shares plus related contributed
 
surplus
 
$
25,410
$
25,522
$
25,912
Retained earnings
 
71,904
73,044
74,849
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
4,166
2,750
4,108
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory
 
adjustments
 
101,480
101,316
104,869
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments
 
Goodwill (net of related tax liability)
(18,470)
(18,424)
(18,016)
Intangibles (net of related tax liability)
 
(2,759)
(2,606)
(2,496)
Deferred tax assets excluding those arising
 
from temporary differences
 
(180)
(207)
(96)
Cash flow hedge reserve
 
4,878
5,571
3,678
Shortfall of provisions to expected losses
 
Gains and losses due to changes in own
 
credit risk on fair valued liabilities
 
(181)
(379)
(294)
Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net
 
of related tax liability)
 
(676)
(908)
(1,129)
Investment in own shares
 
(8)
(21)
(18)
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
(3,202)
(1,976)
(2,135)
Significant investments in the common
 
stock of banking, financial, and insurance entities
that are outside the scope of regulatory
 
consolidation, net of eligible short positions
(amount above 10% threshold)
Equity investments in funds subject to
 
the fall-back approach
(51)
(49)
(35)
Other deductions or regulatory adjustments
 
to CET1 as determined by OSFI
10
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
(20,639)
(18,999)
(20,541)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
80,841
82,317
84,328
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments
Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments
 
plus stock surplus
10,502
10,791
11,245
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before
 
regulatory adjustments
10,502
10,791
11,245
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory
 
adjustments
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
(5)
(6)
(112)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
(350)
(350)
(350)
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital
(355)
(356)
(462)
Additional Tier 1 Capital
10,147
10,435
10,783
Tier 1 Capital
90,988
92,752
95,111
Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions
Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related
 
stock surplus
11,120
9,424
11,166
Collective allowances
1,485
1,964
2,143
Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments
12,605
11,388
13,309
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments
Investments in own Tier 2 instruments
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
1
(316)
(196)
(232)
Non-significant investments in the other
 
TLAC-eligible instruments issued by
 
G-SIBs and Canadian
D-SIBs, where the institution does not own
 
more than 10% of the issued common
 
share capital
 
of the entity: amount previously designated
 
for the 5% threshold but that no longer
 
meets the
 
conditions
(144)
(136)
(68)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
 
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
 
(160)
(160)
(160)
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital
(620)
(492)
(460)
Tier 2 Capital
11,985
10,896
12,849
Total Capital
$
102,973
$
103,648
$
107,960
Risk-weighted assets
$
602,825
$
571,161
$
549,398
Capital Ratios and Multiples
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted
 
assets)
13.4
%
14.4
%
15.3
%
Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
15.1
16.2
17.3
Total Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
17.1
18.1
19.7
Leverage ratio
2
4.3
4.4
4.6
1
 
Includes other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by G-SIBs and Canadian D-SIBs that are outside the scope of
 
regulatory consolidation, where the institution does not own more than
10% of the issued common share capital of the entity.
2
 
The Leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure, as defined
 
in the “Regulatory Capital” section of this document.
The impact to CET1 capital upon adoption
 
of IFRS 17 is immaterial to the Bank.
As at April 30, 2024, the Bank’s CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios were 13.4%, 15.1%,
 
and 17.1%, respectively. The decrease in the Bank’s CET1 Capital
 
ratio
from 14.4% as at October 31, 2023, was primarily
 
attributable to RWA growth across various segments, common
 
shares repurchased for cancellation, and
 
the
impact of the regulatory changes related
 
to the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book and
 
Negatively amortizing mortgages. CET1 was
 
also impacted by the
FDIC special assessment booked in
 
the fiscal year, items related to the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s AML program, and
 
the impact of a civil
matter provision.
 
The impact of the foregoing items
 
was partially offset by organic growth, and the issuance
 
of common shares pursuant to the Bank’s dividend
reinvestment plan.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 28
As at April 30, 2024, the Bank’s leverage ratio
 
was 4.3%. The decrease in the Bank’s leverage
 
ratio from 4.4% as at October 31, 2023
 
was primarily attributable to
exposure increases across various segments,
 
common shares repurchased for
 
cancellation, items related to the provision for investigations
 
related to the Bank’s
AML program, and the impact of a civil
 
matter provision.
 
The impact of the foregoing items was partially
 
offset by organic capital growth and the issuance
 
of
common shares pursuant to the Bank’s dividend reinvestment
 
plan.
Future Regulatory Capital Developments
There are no future regulatory capital developments
 
in addition to those described in the “Future
 
Regulatory Capital Developments” section
 
of the Bank’s 2023
Annual Report.
TABLE 26: EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES
1
(millions of shares/units and millions of Canadian
 
dollars, except as noted)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Number of
Number of
shares/units
Amount
shares/units
Amount
Common shares outstanding
1,759.6
$
25,257
1,791.4
$
25,434
Treasury – common shares
(0.3)
(24)
(0.7)
(64)
Total common shares
1,759.3
$
25,233
1,790.7
$
25,370
Stock options
 
 
Vested
6.1
5.1
Non-vested
9.3
9.0
Preferred shares – Class A
 
 
Series 1
20.0
$
500
20.0
$
500
Series 3
20.0
500
20.0
500
Series 5
20.0
500
20.0
500
Series 7
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 9
8.0
200
8.0
200
Series 16
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 18
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 22
2
14.0
350
Series 24
18.0
450
18.0
450
Series 27
0.8
850
0.8
850
Series 28
0.8
800
0.8
800
129.6
$
4,850
143.6
$
5,200
Other equity instruments
 
 
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
1
3
1.8
1,750
1.8
1,750
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
2
3
1.5
1,500
1.5
1,500
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
3
3,4
1.7
2,403
1.7
2,403
134.6
$
10,503
148.6
$
10,853
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
(0.1)
(8)
(0.1)
(65)
Total preferred shares and other equity instruments
134.5
$
10,495
148.5
$
10,788
1
 
For further details, including the conversion and exchange features, and distributions, refer to Note 20 of the Bank’s 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements.
2
 
On April 30, 2024, the Bank redeemed all of its 14 million outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class A First Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 22 (“Series 22 Preferred Shares”), at a
redemption price of $25.00 per Series 22 Preferred Share, for a total redemption cost of $350 million.
3
 
For Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCNs), the number of shares/units represents the number of notes issued.
4
 
For LRCNs – Series 3, the amount represents the Canadian dollar equivalent of the U.S. dollar notional amount. Refer to the “Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments – Significant Terms and
Conditions” table in Note 20 of the Bank’s 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
DIVIDENDS
On May 22, 2024, the Board approved a dividend
 
in an amount of one dollar and two cents
 
($1.02) per fully paid common share in the
 
capital stock of the Bank for
the quarter ending July 31, 2024, payable on
 
and after July 31, 2024, to shareholders
 
of record at the close of business on July 10,
 
2024.
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a dividend reinvestment plan
 
for its common shareholders. Participation in
 
the plan is optional and under the terms of the
 
plan, cash dividends on
common shares are used to purchase additional
 
common shares. At the option of the Bank,
 
the common shares may be issued from treasury
 
at an average
market price based on the last five trading
 
days before the date of the dividend payment,
 
with a discount of between 0% to 5% at the Bank’s discretion
 
or
purchased from the open market at market
 
price.
 
During the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024, the Bank issued 1.6 million and 3.3
 
million common shares, respectively, from treasury with no discount.
During the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2023, the Bank issued 8.9 million and
 
16.8 million common shares,
 
respectively, from treasury with a 2% discount.
 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On August 28, 2023,
 
the Bank announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI approved
 
a normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to
 
repurchase for cancellation
up to 90 million of its common shares. The
 
NCIB commenced on August 31, 2023, and
 
during the three months ended April 30, 2024,
 
the Bank repurchased
15.2 million common shares under the
 
NCIB, at an average price of $80.10 per share
 
for a total amount of $1.2 billion. During
 
the six months ended April 30, 2024,
the Bank repurchased 36.1 million common
 
shares under the NCIB, at an average price
 
of $81.43 per share for a total amount of $2.9
 
billion. From the
commencement of the NCIB to April
 
30, 2024, the Bank repurchased 58 million
 
shares under the program.
NON-VIABILITY CONTINGENT CAPITAL PROVISION
If a non-viability contingent capital (NVCC)
 
trigger event were to occur, for all series of Class A First
 
Preferred Shares excluding the preferred
 
shares issued with
respect to LRCNs, the maximum number of
 
common shares that could be issued,
 
assuming there are no declared and unpaid
 
dividends on the respective series
of preferred shares at the time of conversion,
 
would be 1.0 billion in aggregate.
 
The LRCNs, by virtue of the recourse
 
to the preferred shares held in the Limited
 
Recourse Trust, include NVCC provisions. For LRCNs, if
 
an NVCC trigger were
to occur, the maximum number of common shares that
 
could be issued, assuming there are
 
no declared and unpaid dividends on the
 
preferred shares series
issued in connection with such LRCNs,
 
would be 1.1 billion in aggregate.
 
For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures,
 
if an NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number
 
of common shares that could be issued,
assuming there is no accrued and unpaid
 
interest on the respective subordinated notes
 
and debentures, would be 3.4 billion in aggregate.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 29
MANAGING RISK
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Growing profitability in financial results based
 
on balanced revenue, expense and capital
 
growth services involves selectively
 
taking and managing risks within the
Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank’s goal is to earn
 
a stable and sustainable rate of return for
 
every dollar of risk it takes, while putting
 
significant emphasis on
investing in its businesses to meet its future
 
strategic objectives.
The Bank’s businesses and operations are exposed
 
to a broad number of risks that have been
 
identified and defined in the Enterprise
 
Risk Framework. The
Bank’s tolerance to those risks is defined
 
in the Enterprise Risk Appetite which has
 
been developed within a comprehensive
 
framework that takes into
consideration current conditions in which
 
the Bank operates and the impact that emerging
 
risks will have on TD’s strategy and risk profile. The
 
Bank’s risk appetite
states that it takes risks required to build its
 
business, but only if those risks: (1)
 
fit the business strategy and can be understood
 
and managed; (2) do not expose
the enterprise to any significant single loss
 
events; TD does not ‘bet the bank’
 
on any single acquisition, business, or
 
product; and (3) do not risk harming
 
the TD
brand. Each business is responsible for setting
 
and aligning its individual risk appetites
 
with that of the enterprise based on a
 
thorough examination of the specific
risks to which it is exposed.
 
The Bank considers it critical to regularly
 
assess its operating environment
 
and highlight top and emerging risks. These
 
are risks with a potential to have a
material effect on the Bank and where the attention
 
of senior leaders is focused due to the potential
 
magnitude or immediacy of their impact.
Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned
 
by senior leaders and reported quarterly
 
to the Risk Committee. Specific plans
 
to mitigate top and emerging risks
are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.
The Bank’s risk governance structure and risk
 
management approach have not substantially
 
changed from that described in the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Report.
Additional information on risk factors can
 
be found in this document and the 2023
 
MD&A under the heading “Risk Factors and
 
Management”. For a complete
discussion of the risk governance structure
 
and the risk management approach, refer
 
to the “Managing Risk” section in the Bank’s
 
2023 Annual Report.
 
The shaded sections of this MD&A represent
 
a discussion relating to market and liquidity
 
risks and form an integral part of the Interim
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for the period ended April 30, 2024.
CREDIT RISK
Gross credit risk exposure, also referred
 
to as exposure at default (EAD), is the
 
total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time
 
of default of a loan and is
measured before counterparty-specific
 
provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure
 
does not reflect the effects of credit risk
 
mitigation (CRM) and includes
both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures.
 
On-balance sheet exposures consist primarily
 
of outstanding loans, acceptances, non-trading
 
securities,
derivatives, and certain other repo-style
 
transactions. Off-balance sheet exposures consist
 
primarily of undrawn commitments, guarantees,
 
and certain other
repo-style transactions.
Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches
 
the Bank uses to measure credit risk
 
are included in the following table.
 
TABLE 27: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE – Standardized
 
and Internal Ratings-Based (IRB) Approaches
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Standardized
IRB
Total
Standardized
IRB
Total
Retail
Residential secured
$
4,469
$
525,100
$
529,569
$
4,815
$
515,152
$
519,967
Qualifying revolving retail
858
170,498
171,356
810
169,183
169,993
Other retail
3,800
101,403
105,203
3,368
99,253
102,621
Total retail
9,127
797,001
806,128
8,993
783,588
792,581
Non-retail
Corporate
2,494
682,411
684,905
3,496
654,369
657,865
Sovereign
65
506,846
506,911
116
527,423
527,539
Bank
4,476
182,464
186,940
5,272
171,180
176,452
Total non-retail
7,035
1,371,721
1,378,756
8,884
1,352,972
1,361,856
Gross credit risk exposures
$
16,162
$
2,168,722
$
2,184,884
$
17,877
$
2,136,560
$
2,154,437
1
 
Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of CRM. This table excludes securitization,
 
equity, and certain other credit RWA.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 30
MARKET RISK
 
Market risk capital is calculated using the Standardized
 
Approach.
 
The Bank continues to use Value-at-Risk (VaR) as an internal management metric to
 
monitor
and control market risk.
Market Risk Linkage to the Balance Sheet
The following table provides a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s balance sheet assets and liabilities
 
exposed to trading and non-trading market
 
risks. Market risk of assets
and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and metrics used
 
for regulatory market risk capital purposes
 
is classified as trading market risk.
 
TABLE 28: MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Non-trading market
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
risk – primary risk
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sensitivity
Assets subject to market risk
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
$
87,665
$
886
$
86,779
$
$
98,348
$
327
$
98,021
$
Interest rate
Trading loans, securities, and other
166,346
164,633
1,713
152,090
151,011
1,079
Interest rate
Non-trading financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss
5,646
5,646
7,340
7,340
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Derivatives
82,190
76,141
6,049
87,382
81,526
5,856
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
5,925
5,925
5,818
5,818
Interest rate
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income
75,246
75,246
69,865
69,865
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Debt securities at amortized cost,
net of allowance for credit losses
293,594
293,594
308,016
308,016
Foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securities purchased under
reverse repurchase agreements
205,722
8,920
196,802
204,333
9,649
194,684
Interest rate
Loans, net of allowance for
 
loan losses
928,124
928,124
895,947
895,947
Interest rate
Customers’ liability under
acceptances
4,183
4,183
17,569
17,569
Interest rate
Investment in Schwab
9,866
9,866
8,907
8,907
Equity
Other assets
1,2
1,655
1,655
1,956
1,956
Interest rate
Assets not exposed to
 
market risk
100,506
100,506
97,568
97,568
Total Assets
$
1,966,668
$
250,580
$
1,615,582
$
100,506
$
1,955,139
$
242,513
$
1,615,058
$
97,568
Liabilities subject to market risk
Trading deposits
$
31,221
$
27,548
$
3,673
$
$
30,980
$
27,059
$
3,921
$
Equity, interest rate
Derivatives
69,742
68,290
1,452
71,640
70,382
1,258
Equity,
foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securitization liabilities at fair value
17,653
17,653
14,422
14,422
Interest rate
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
188,105
1
188,104
192,130
2
192,128
Interest rate
Deposits
1,203,771
1,203,771
1,198,190
1,198,190
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Acceptances
4,183
4,183
17,569
17,569
Interest rate
Obligations related to securities
sold short
38,145
37,491
654
44,661
43,993
668
Interest rate
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
192,239
11,337
180,902
166,854
12,641
154,213
Interest rate
Securitization liabilities at amortized
cost
12,581
12,581
12,710
12,710
Interest rate
Subordinated notes and debentures
11,318
11,318
9,620
9,620
Interest rate
Other liabilities
1,2
28,804
28,804
27,062
27,062
Equity, interest rate
Liabilities and Equity not
 
exposed to market risk
168,906
168,906
169,301
169,301
Total Liabilities and Equity
$
1,966,668
$
162,320
$
1,635,442
$
168,906
$
1,955,139
$
168,499
$
1,617,339
$
169,301
1
 
Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p31i0
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 31
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
2/1/2024
2/6/2024
2/11/2024
2/16/2024
2/21/2024
2/26/2024
3/2/2024
3/7/2024
3/12/2024
3/17/2024
3/22/2024
3/27/2024
4/1/2024
4/6/2024
4/11/2024
4/16/2024
4/21/2024
4/26/2024
TOTAL VALUE-AT-RISK
 
AND TRADING NET REVENUE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
Trading net revenue
 
Value-at-Risk
Calculating VaR
The Bank computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General
 
Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt
 
Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with the
Bank’s trading positions.
GMR is determined by creating a distribution
 
of potential changes in the market value of
 
the current portfolio using historical simulation.
 
The Bank values the
current portfolio using the market price and rate
 
changes of the most recent
259
 
trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and
 
commodity
products. GMR is computed as the threshold
 
level that portfolio losses are not expected
 
to exceed more than
one
 
out of every
100
 
trading days. A
one-day
 
holding
period is used for GMR calculation.
IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit
 
spread risk for credit exposures in the trading
 
portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation.
 
The IDSR model is
based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic
 
credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is
 
computed as the threshold level that portfolio
 
losses are not
expected to exceed more than
one
 
out of every
100
 
trading days. IDSR is measured for a
ten-day
 
holding period.
The following graph discloses daily one-day
 
VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a TEB,
 
within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes
trading income and net interest income related
 
to positions within the Bank’s market risk capital
 
trading books. For the quarter ended April
 
30, 2024, there was
one day
 
of trading losses and trading net revenue
 
was positive for
98
% of the trading days, reflecting normal
 
trading activity. Losses in the year did not exceed
VaR on any trading day.
VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the context
 
of its limitations, for example:
 
VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits
 
its forecasting abilities;
 
it does not provide information on losses beyond
 
the selected confidence level; and
 
it assumes that all positions can be liquidated
 
during the holding period used for VaR calculation.
The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates
 
new risk measures in line with market
 
conventions, industry best practices, and
regulatory requirements.
 
To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk
 
management purposes.
 
This includes Stress Testing as well
as sensitivities to various market risk factors.
The following table presents the end of quarter, average, high,
 
and low usage of TD’s VaR metric.
 
TABLE 29: PORTFOLIO MARKET RISK MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2024
2023
2024
2023
As at
Average
High
Low
Average
Average
Average
Average
Interest rate risk
$
18.3
$
20.8
$
27.7
$
15.6
$
17.8
$
28.6
$
19.3
$
26.3
Credit spread risk
31.1
26.5
33.1
18.9
29.4
31.8
27.9
30.5
Equity risk
9.0
7.5
9.8
5.2
7.2
11.4
7.3
11.0
Foreign exchange risk
5.0
3.1
7.0
1.4
2.4
4.4
2.7
4.6
Commodity risk
3.8
3.9
6.6
2.2
3.7
3.6
3.8
5.9
Idiosyncratic debt specific risk
20.1
18.9
22.8
15.7
20.9
36.0
19.9
37.5
Diversification effect
1
(56.8)
(52.8)
n/m
2
n/m
(51.2)
(65.9)
(51.9)
(64.4)
Total Value-at-Risk (one-day)
30.5
27.9
34.7
24.0
30.2
49.9
29.0
51.4
1
The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR
 
of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.
2
 
Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may
 
occur on different days for different risk types.
Average VaR decreased year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter due
 
to changes in fixed income positions
 
combined with narrower credit spreads.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 32
Validation of VaR Model
 
The Bank uses a back-testing process
 
to compare actual profits and losses to VaR to review their consistency
 
with the statistical results of the VaR model.
 
Structural (Non-Trading) Interest Rate
 
Risk
 
The Bank’s
 
structural interest rate risk arises from traditional
 
personal and commercial banking activity
 
and is generally the result of mismatches between
 
the
maturities and repricing dates of the Bank’s assets
 
and liabilities. The measurement of interest
 
rate risk in the banking book does not
 
include exposures from TD’s
Wholesale Banking or Insurance businesses.
 
The primary measures for this risk are Economic
 
Value of Shareholders’
 
Equity (EVE) Sensitivity and Net Interest
 
Income Sensitivity (NIIS).
The EVE Sensitivity measures the impact
 
of a specified interest rate shock to the
 
change in the net present value of the Bank’s banking
 
book assets, liabilities,
and certain off-balance sheet items. It reflects a
 
measurement of the potential present value impact
 
on shareholders’ equity without an assumed
 
term profile for the
management of the Bank’s own equity and excludes
 
product margins.
 
The NIIS measures the NII change over
 
a twelve-month horizon for a specified
 
change in interest rates for banking book
 
assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance sheet items assuming a constant balance
 
sheet over the period.
 
The Bank’s Market Risk policy sets overall limits
 
on the structural interest rate risk measures.
 
These limits are periodically reviewed and
 
approved by the Risk
Committee. In addition to the Board policy
 
limits, book-level risk limits are set
 
for the Bank’s management of non-trading interest
 
rate risk by Risk Management.
Exposures against these limits are routinely
 
monitored and reported, and breaches of the
 
Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the Asset/Liability and
 
Capital
Committee (ALCO) and the Risk Committee.
The following table shows the potential before-tax
 
impact of an immediate and sustained
 
100 bps increase or decrease in interest rates
 
on the EVE and NIIS
measures. Interest rate floors are applied
 
by currency to the decrease in rates such
 
that they do not exceed expected lower bounds,
 
with the most material
currencies set to a floor of -25 bps.
 
TABLE 30: STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
January 31, 2024
April 30, 2023
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Canada
U.S.
 
Total
Canada
U.S.
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Before-tax impact of
 
 
100 bps increase in rates
$
(502)
$
(1,810)
$
(2,312)
$
457
$
418
$
875
$
(2,136)
$
969
$
(1,682)
$
785
 
100 bps decrease in rates
385
1,476
1,861
(484)
(569)
(1,053)
1,722
(1,152)
1,106
(910)
1
Represents the twelve-month net interest income (NII) exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates.
As at April 30, 2024, an immediate and sustained
 
100 bps increase in interest rates
 
would have had a negative impact to the Bank’s EVE
 
of $
2,312
 
million, an
increase of $
176
 
million from last quarter, and a positive impact to the Bank’s NII of
 
$
875
 
million, a decrease of $
94
 
million from last quarter. An immediate and
sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates
 
would have had a positive impact to the Bank’s EVE
 
of $
1,861
 
million, an increase of $
139
 
million from last quarter,
and a negative impact to the Bank’s NII of $
1,053
 
million, a decrease of $
99
 
million from last quarter. The quarter-over-quarter increase
 
in EVE Sensitivity is
primarily due to an increase in the interest
 
rate sensitivity of the Bank’s investment portfolio
 
in the U.S. Region. The quarter-over-quarter
 
decrease in NII Sensitivity
is primarily
due to Treasury hedging activity.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 33
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash
 
or collateral to meet financial obligations
 
and an inability to, in a timely manner, raise funding or
 
monetize assets
at a non-distressed price. Financial obligations
 
can arise from deposit withdrawals, debt
 
maturities, commitments to provide credit or liquidity
 
support,
 
or the need
to pledge additional collateral.
TD’S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE
The Bank applies an established set of practices
 
and protocols for managing its potential
 
exposure to liquidity risk. The Bank
 
targets a 90-day survival horizon
under a combined bank-specific and market-wide
 
stress scenario, and a minimum buffer over regulatory
 
requirements prescribed by the OSFI Liquidity
 
Adequacy
Requirements (LAR)
 
guidelines. Under the LAR guidelines,
 
Canadian banks are required to maintain
 
a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at the
 
minimum of 100%
other than during periods of financial stress
 
and to maintain a Net Stable Funding
 
Ratio (NSFR) at the minimum of 100%. The
 
Bank’s funding program emphasizes
maximizing deposits as a core source of
 
funding, and having ready access to wholesale
 
funding markets across diversified terms,
 
funding types, and currencies
that is designed to ensure low exposure
 
to a sudden contraction of wholesale funding
 
capacity and to minimize structural liquidity
 
gaps. The Bank also maintains a
contingency funding plan to enhance preparedness
 
for recovery from potential liquidity stress
 
events. The Bank’s strategies and actions comprise
 
an integrated
liquidity risk management program that is designed
 
to ensure low exposure to liquidity risk and
 
compliance with regulatory requirements.
LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
The Bank’s ALCO oversees the Bank’s liquidity risk
 
management program. It ensures there are
 
effective management structures and practices
 
in place to properly
measure and manage liquidity risk. The Global
 
Liquidity & Funding Committee, a subcommittee
 
of the ALCO comprised of senior management
 
from Treasury,
Risk Management and Wholesale Banking, identifies
 
and monitors the Bank’s liquidity risks.
 
The management of liquidity risk is the responsibility
 
of the SET
member responsible for Treasury, while oversight and challenge are provided
 
by the ALCO and independently by Risk
 
Management. The Risk Committee
regularly reviews the Bank’s liquidity position
 
and approves the Bank’s Liquidity Risk
 
Management Framework biennially and
 
the related policies annually.
The Bank has established TD Group US Holding
 
LLC (TDGUS)
 
as TD’s U.S. Intermediate Holding Company
 
(IHC), as well as a Combined U.S. Operations
(CUSO) reporting unit that consists of
 
the IHC and TD’s U.S. branch and agency network.
 
Both TDGUS and CUSO are managed
 
to the U.S. Enhanced Prudential
Standards liquidity requirements in addition
 
to the Bank’s liquidity management framework.
The Bank’s liquidity risk appetite and liquidity risk
 
management approach have not substantially
 
changed from that described in the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Report.
For a complete discussion of liquidity risk,
 
refer to the “Liquidity Risk”
 
section in the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report.
Liquid assets
The unencumbered liquid assets the Bank holds
 
to meet its liquidity requirements must be
 
high-quality securities that the Bank believes
 
can be monetized quickly
in stress conditions with minimum loss in
 
market value. The liquidity value of unencumbered
 
liquid assets considers estimated market
 
or trading depths, settlement
timing, and/or other identified impediments
 
to potential sale or pledging.
 
Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity
 
requirements are summarized in the following
 
tables. The tables do not include assets held
 
within the Bank’s
insurance businesses as these are used to
 
support insurance-specific liabilities and capital
 
requirements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 34
TABLE 31: SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
 
Securities
 
received as
 
collateral from
 
securities
 
financing and
 
Bank-owned
 
derivative
 
Total
% of
 
Encumbered
 
Unencumbered
 
liquid assets
 
transactions
liquid assets
total
liquid assets
 
liquid assets
 
April 30, 2024
 
Cash and central bank reserves
$
25,184
$
$
25,184
3
%
$
737
$
24,447
Canadian government obligations
23,108
89,065
112,173
13
51,323
60,850
National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed
Securities (NHA MBS)
41,366
41,366
4
1,393
39,973
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
41,497
25,839
67,336
8
36,592
30,744
Corporate issuer obligations
21,088
5,672
26,760
3
5,662
21,098
Equities
11,643
2,987
14,630
2
13,637
993
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
163,886
123,563
287,449
33
109,344
178,105
Cash and central bank reserves
58,173
58,173
7
255
57,918
U.S. government obligations
73,624
62,310
135,934
16
75,498
60,436
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
79,327
12,748
92,075
11
27,419
64,656
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
65,458
37,119
102,577
12
38,977
63,600
Corporate issuer obligations
78,482
14,856
93,338
11
26,992
66,346
Equities
52,202
36,828
89,030
10
49,879
39,151
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
407,266
163,861
571,127
67
219,020
352,107
Total
$
571,152
$
287,424
$
858,576
100
%
$
328,364
$
530,212
October 31, 2023
 
Cash and central bank reserves
$
28,548
$
$
28,548
3
%
$
506
$
28,042
Canadian government obligations
15,214
94,000
109,214
13
67,457
41,757
NHA MBS
38,760
38,760
4
1,043
37,717
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
40,697
22,703
63,400
8
31,078
32,322
Corporate issuer obligations
19,507
4,815
24,322
3
4,512
19,810
Equities
10,555
2,288
12,843
1
8,890
3,953
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
153,281
123,806
277,087
32
113,486
163,601
Cash and central bank reserves
66,094
66,094
8
180
65,914
U.S. government obligations
72,808
64,449
137,257
16
63,688
73,569
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
80,047
15,838
95,885
11
29,487
66,398
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
65,996
54,321
120,317
13
56,652
63,665
Corporate issuer obligations
84,853
9,656
94,509
11
15,228
79,281
Equities
38,501
38,388
76,889
9
47,653
29,236
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
408,299
182,652
590,951
68
212,888
378,063
Total
$
561,580
$
306,458
$
868,038
100
%
$
326,374
$
541,664
1
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.
2
 
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
3
 
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
Unencumbered liquid assets held in The
 
Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding
 
insurance subsidiaries) and branches
are summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 32: SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY
 
BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2024
2023
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
$
231,560
$
205,408
Bank subsidiaries
280,336
291,915
Foreign branches
18,316
44,341
Total
$
530,212
$
541,664
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 35
The Bank’s
 
monthly average liquid assets (excluding those
 
held in insurance subsidiaries) for the quarters
 
ended April 30, 2024 and January 31,
 
2024, are
summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 33: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
Average for the three months ended
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
Total
Bank-owned
derivative
liquid
% of
Encumbered
Unencumbered
liquid assets
transactions
assets
Total
liquid assets
liquid assets
April 30, 2024
Cash and central bank reserves
$
21,416
$
$
21,416
2
%
$
662
$
20,754
Canadian government obligations
22,788
89,436
112,224
13
54,659
57,565
NHA MBS
41,280
17
41,297
5
1,397
39,900
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector
 
 
entities and multilateral development banks
3
42,126
23,814
65,940
8
35,200
30,740
Corporate issuer obligations
20,600
5,514
26,114
3
5,741
20,373
Equities
13,240
3,267
16,507
2
12,554
3,953
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
161,450
122,048
283,498
33
110,213
173,285
Cash and central bank reserves
61,498
61,498
7
228
61,270
U.S. government obligations
75,101
63,416
138,517
16
75,230
63,287
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
79,294
12,670
91,964
10
27,618
64,346
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and
 
multilateral development banks
3
65,033
36,777
101,810
12
39,427
62,383
Corporate issuer obligations
79,427
14,078
93,505
11
25,515
67,990
Equities
52,723
38,939
91,662
11
51,440
40,222
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
413,076
165,880
578,956
67
219,458
359,498
Total
$
574,526
$
287,928
$
862,454
100
%
$
329,671
$
532,783
January 31, 2024
Cash and central bank reserves
$
25,485
$
$
25,485
3
%
$
543
$
24,942
Canadian government obligations
17,377
82,565
99,942
12
54,469
45,473
NHA MBS
40,487
40,487
5
1,391
39,096
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector
 
entities and multilateral development banks
3
43,258
24,036
67,294
8
35,838
31,456
Corporate issuer obligations
19,590
5,056
24,646
3
5,314
19,332
Equities
11,845
2,423
14,268
1
10,393
3,875
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
158,042
114,080
272,122
32
107,948
164,174
Cash and central bank reserves
53,870
53,870
6
240
53,630
U.S. government obligations
76,266
64,334
140,600
17
70,162
70,438
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
78,957
12,071
91,028
11
26,571
64,457
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and
 
multilateral development banks
3
66,149
44,439
110,588
13
43,327
67,261
Corporate issuer obligations
78,943
11,043
89,986
11
17,989
71,997
Equities
48,073
36,885
84,958
10
48,537
36,421
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
402,258
168,772
571,030
68
206,826
364,204
Total
$
560,300
$
282,852
$
843,152
100
%
$
314,774
$
528,378
1
 
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.
2
 
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
3
 
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
Average unencumbered liquid assets held in
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding
 
insurance subsidiaries) and
branches are summarized in the following
 
table.
 
TABLE 34: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES,
 
AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
April 30
January 31
2024
2024
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
$
227,812
$
209,171
Bank subsidiaries
278,667
285,938
Foreign branches
26,304
33,269
Total
$
532,783
$
528,378
ASSET ENCUMBRANCE
In the course of the Bank’s day-to-day operations,
 
assets are pledged to obtain funding,
 
support trading and brokerage businesses,
 
and participate in clearing
and/or settlement systems. A summary
 
of encumbered and unencumbered assets
 
(excluding assets held in insurance subsidiaries)
 
is presented in the following
table to identify assets that are used or available
 
for potential funding needs.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 36
TABLE 35: ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Total Assets
Encumbered
1
Unencumbered
Securities
received as
 
collateral from
securities
 
financing and
 
Bank-owned
derivative
Total
 
Pledged as
 
Available as
assets
transactions
2
Assets
Collateral
3
Other
4
Collateral
5
Other
6
April 30, 2024
Cash and due from banks
$
6,308
$
$
6,308
$
$
$
7
$
6,301
Interest-bearing deposits with
banks
87,665
87,665
5,358
78,526
3,781
Securities, trading loans, and other
7
546,757
435,351
982,108
412,327
18,123
525,410
26,248
Derivatives
82,190
82,190
82,190
Securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements
8
205,722
(205,722)
Loans, net of allowance for loan
 
losses
9
928,124
(13,496)
914,628
62,284
80,013
60,034
712,297
Customers’ liabilities under
 
acceptances
4,183
4,183
4,183
Other assets
10
105,719
105,719
311
105,408
Total assets
$
1,966,668
$
216,133
$
2,182,801
$
480,280
$
98,136
$
663,977
$
940,408
October 31, 2023
Total assets
$
1,955,139
$
215,318
$
2,170,457
$
460,641
$
84,997
$
678,289
$
946,530
1
 
Asset encumbrance has been analyzed on an individual asset basis. Where a particular asset has been encumbered
 
and TD has holdings of the asset both on-balance sheet and off-
balance sheet, for the purpose of this disclosure, the on- and off-balance sheet holdings are encumbered
 
in alignment with the business practice.
2
 
Assets received as collateral through off-balance sheet transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements,
 
securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity.
3
 
Represents assets that have been posted externally to support the Bank’s
 
day-to-day operations, including securities financing transactions, clearing and payments, and
 
derivative
transactions. Also includes assets that have been pledged supporting Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) activity.
4
 
Assets supporting TD’s long-term funding activities, assets pledged against securitization liabilities, and
 
assets held by consolidated securitization vehicles or in pools for covered bond
issuance.
5
 
Assets that are considered readily available in their current legal form to generate funding or support collateral
 
needs. This category includes reported FHLB assets that remain unutilized
and DSAC that are available for collateral purposes however not regularly utilized in practice.
6
 
Assets that cannot be used to support funding or collateral requirements in their current form. This category includes
 
those assets that are potentially eligible as funding program
collateral or for pledging to central banks (for example, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation insured mortgages
 
that can be securitized into NHA MBS).
7
 
Includes trading loans, securities, non-trading financial assets at FVTPL and other financial assets designated at
 
FVTPL, financial assets at FVOCI, and DSAC.
8
 
Assets reported in the “Bank-owned assets”
 
column represent the value of the loans extended and not the value of the collateral received. The loan value
 
from the reverse repurchase
transactions is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions
 
 
column to avoid double-counting with the on-balance sheet
assets.
9
 
The loan value from the margin loans/client activity is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities
 
financing and derivative transactions”
 
column to avoid double-
counting with the on-balance sheet assets.
10
 
Other assets include investment in Schwab, goodwill, other intangibles, land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable
 
assets, deferred tax assets, amounts receivable from brokers,
dealers, and clients, and other assets on the balance sheet not reported in the above categories.
LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY
 
FUNDING PLANS
In addition to the Severe Combined Stress
 
Scenario,
 
the Bank performs liquidity stress testing
 
on multiple alternate scenarios. These
 
scenarios are a mix of TD-
specific events and market-wide stress events
 
designed to test the impact from risk factors
 
material to the Bank’s risk profile. Liquidity assessments
 
are also part
of the Bank’s Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing program.
The Bank has liquidity contingency funding
 
plans (CFP) in place at the overall Bank
 
level and for certain subsidiaries operating
 
in foreign jurisdictions (Regional
CFPs). The Bank’s CFP provides a documented
 
framework for managing unexpected liquidity
 
situations and thus is an integral component
 
of the Bank’s overall
liquidity risk management program. It
 
outlines different contingency levels based on
 
the severity and duration of the liquidity situation and
 
identifies recovery
actions appropriate for each level. For each recovery
 
action, it provides key operational
 
steps required to execute the action. Regional
 
CFPs identify recovery
actions to address region-specific stress
 
events. The actions and governance structure
 
outlined in the Bank’s CFP are aligned
 
with the Bank’s Crisis Management
Recovery Plan.
CREDIT RATINGS
Credit ratings impact the Bank’s borrowing costs
 
and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades
 
could potentially result in higher financing costs,
 
increased
requirements to pledge collateral, reduced
 
access to capital markets, and could also affect
 
the Bank’s ability to enter into derivative transactions.
 
Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating
 
agencies reflect their views and are
 
subject to change from time to time, based on
 
a number of factors including
the Bank’s financial strength, competitive position,
 
and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank’s control, including
 
the methodologies used by rating
agencies and conditions affecting the overall financial
 
services industry.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 37
TABLE 36: CREDIT RATINGS
1
As at
April 30, 2024
Moody’s
S&P
Fitch
DBRS
Deposits/Counterparty
2
Aa1
AA-
AA
AA (high)
Legacy Senior Debt
3
Aa2
AA-
AA
AA (high)
Senior Debt
4
A1
A
AA-
AA
Covered Bonds
Aaa
AAA
AAA
Subordinated Debt
A2
A
A
AA (low)
Subordinated Debt – NVCC
A2 (hyb)
A-
A
A
Preferred Shares – NVCC
Baa1 (hyb)
BBB
BBB+
Pfd-2 (high)
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – NVCC
Baa1 (hyb)
BBB
BBB+
A (low)
Short-Term Debt (Deposits)
P-1
A-1+
F1+
R-1 (high)
Outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
Stable
1
 
The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion
 
Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries’ ratings are available
 
on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit
 
ratings are not
recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market
 
price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject
 
to revision
or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.
2
 
Represents Moody’s Long-Term
 
Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P’s Issuer Credit Rating, Fitch’s
 
Long-Term Deposits Rating and DBRS
 
 
Long-Term Issuer Rating.
3
 
Includes (a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and (b) Senior debt issued on or after September
 
23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime.
4
 
Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in”
 
regime.
The Bank regularly reviews the level
 
of increased collateral its trading counterparties
 
would require in the event of a downgrade of
 
TD’s credit rating. The Bank
holds liquid assets to ensure it is able to provide
 
additional collateral required by trading
 
counterparties in the event of a three-notch
 
downgrade in the Bank’s
senior debt ratings.
 
The following table presents the additional collateral
 
that could have been contractually required
 
to be posted to over-the-counter (OTC)
derivative counterparties as of the reporting
 
date in the event of one, two, and three-notch
 
downgrades of the Bank’s credit ratings.
 
TABLE 37: ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
April 30
January 31
2024
2024
One-notch downgrade
$
166
$
90
Two-notch downgrade
242
150
Three-notch downgrade
934
800
1
 
The above collateral requirements are based on each OTC trading counterparty’s Credit Support Annex
 
and the Bank’s credit rating across applicable rating agencies.
 
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
 
The LCR is a Basel III metric calculated
 
as the ratio of the stock of unencumbered high-quality
 
liquid assets (HQLA) over the net
 
cash outflow requirements in the
next 30 days under a hypothetical liquidity stress
 
event.
Other than during periods of financial stress,
 
the Bank must maintain the LCR above
 
100% in accordance with the OSFI LAR
 
requirement. The Bank’s LCR is
calculated according to the scenario parameters
 
in the LAR guideline, including prescribed
 
HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts, deposit
 
run-off rates, and other
outflow and inflow rates. HQLA held by the
 
Bank that are eligible for the LCR calculation
 
under the LAR are primarily central bank reserves,
 
sovereign-issued or
sovereign-guaranteed securities, and high-quality
 
securities issued by non-financial entities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 38
The following table summarizes the Bank’s average
 
daily LCR as of the relevant dates.
 
TABLE 38: AVERAGE BASEL III LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
Average for the three months ended
April 30, 2024
Total unweighted
Total weighted
value (average)
2
value (average)
3
High-quality liquid assets
Total high-quality liquid assets
$
n/a
4
$
332,676
Cash outflows
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers, of which:
$
480,690
$
30,668
Stable deposits
5
257,719
7,732
Less stable deposits
222,971
22,936
Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:
354,375
178,685
Operational deposits (all counterparties)
 
and deposits in networks of cooperative banks
6
126,605
30,035
Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)
196,382
117,262
Unsecured debt
31,388
31,388
Secured wholesale funding
n/a
46,341
Additional requirements, of which:
342,989
97,537
Outflows related to derivative exposures and
 
other collateral requirements
57,259
37,980
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
10,282
10,282
Credit and liquidity facilities
275,448
49,275
Other contractual funding obligations
22,108
11,296
Other contingent funding obligations
7
779,005
12,314
Total cash outflows
$
n/a
$
376,841
Cash inflows
Secured lending
 
$
243,498
$
32,298
Inflows from fully performing exposures
27,613
12,676
Other cash inflows
66,917
66,917
Total cash inflows
$
338,028
$
111,891
Average for the three months ended
April 30, 2024
January 31, 2024
Total adjusted
Total adjusted
value
value
Total high-quality liquid assets
8
$
332,676
$
334,351
Total net cash outflows
9
264,950
251,329
Liquidity coverage ratio
126
%
133
%
1
 
The LCR for the quarter ended April 30, 2024
 
is calculated as an average of the 62 daily data points in the quarter.
 
2
 
Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.
3
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow
 
rates, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.
4
 
Not applicable as per the LCR common disclosure template.
5
 
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME)
 
customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in
transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawal
 
highly unlikely.
6
 
Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their
 
access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These
activities include clearing, custody, or cash management
 
services.
7
 
Includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, stable value money market mutual funds, outstanding debt securities
 
with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other
contractual cash outflows. With respect to outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days,
 
TD has no contractual obligation to buy back these outstanding TD
debt securities, and as a result, a 0% outflow rate is applied under the OSFI LAR guideline.
8
 
Total HQLA includes both asset haircuts
 
and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (HQLA assets after haircuts are capped
 
at 40% for Level 2 and 15% for Level 2B).
9
 
Total Net Cash Outflows include both inflow
 
and outflow rates and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (inflows are capped at 75%
 
of outflows).
The Bank’s average LCR of 126%
 
for the quarter ended April 30, 2024 continues
 
to meet the regulatory requirements.
 
The Bank holds a variety of liquid assets
 
commensurate with the liquidity needs of
 
the organization. Many of these assets qualify
 
as HQLA under the OSFI LAR
guideline. The average HQLA of the Bank
 
for the quarter ended April 30, 2024 was $333
 
billion (January 31, 2024 – $334 billion),
 
with Level 1 assets representing
83% (January 31, 2024 – 83%). The Bank’s reported
 
HQLA excludes excess HQLA from the
 
U.S. Retail operations, reflecting liquidity
 
transfer limitations from
U.S. Retail and its affiliates which adheres to OSFI
 
LAR and Federal Reserve Board guidelines.
 
As described in the “How TD Manages Liquidity
 
Risk” section of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report,
 
the Bank manages its HQLA and other liquidity
 
buffers to the
higher of TD’s 90-day surplus requirement and the
 
target buffers over regulatory requirements
 
from the LCR, NSFR, and the Net Cumulative
 
Cash Flow metrics.
As a result, the total stock of HQLA is subject
 
to ongoing rebalancing against the projected
 
liquidity requirements.
 
NET STABLE
 
FUNDING RATIO
The NSFR is a Basel III metric calculated as
 
the ratio of total available stable funding
 
(ASF) over total required stable funding (RSF)
 
in accordance with OSFI’s
LAR guideline. The Bank must maintain an
 
NSFR ratio equal to or above 100% in accordance
 
with the LAR guideline. The Bank’s ASF comprises
 
the Bank’s
liability and capital instruments (including
 
deposits and wholesale funding). The assets
 
that require stable funding are based on
 
the Bank’s on and off-balance
sheet activities and a function of their liquidity
 
characteristics and the requirements of OSFI’s
 
LAR guideline.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 39
TABLE 39: NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30, 2024
Unweighted value by residential maturity
6 months to
No
 
Less than
 
less than
 
More than
Weighted
maturity
1
6 months
 
1 year
 
1 year
 
value
2
Available Stable Funding Item
Capital
$
108,390
$
n/a
$
n/a
$
10,879
$
119,270
Regulatory capital
108,390
n/a
n/a
10,879
119,270
Other capital instruments
n/a
n/a
n/a
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers:
439,111
73,242
36,382
31,910
539,930
Stable deposits
3
250,252
27,285
15,288
16,038
294,223
Less stable deposits
188,859
45,957
21,094
15,872
245,707
Wholesale funding:
244,275
390,301
81,070
244,446
441,704
Operational deposits
4
103,112
2,344
52,728
Other wholesale funding
141,163
387,957
81,070
244,446
388,976
Liabilities with matching interdependent assets
5
3,175
2,021
23,122
Other liabilities:
50,470
98,179
2,773
NSFR derivative liabilities
n/a
2,815
 
n/a
 
All other liabilities and equity not included
 
in the above categories
50,470
91,462
2,259
1,643
2,773
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,103,677
Required Stable Funding Item
Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
61,140
Deposits held at other financial institutions for
 
operational purposes
Performing loans and securities
106,425
264,865
117,995
669,318
767,215
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by Level 1 HQLA
81,829
11,097
12,654
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by non-Level 1
HQLA and unsecured performing loans to
 
financial institutions
58,692
8,304
10,267
20,905
Performing loans to non-financial corporate
 
clients, loans to retail
and small business customers, and loans
 
to sovereigns, central
banks and PSEs, of which:
38,027
68,889
42,237
290,713
339,652
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
n/a
48,678
26,989
37,125
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
31,893
47,393
49,950
300,432
297,262
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
6
31,893
47,393
49,950
300,432
297,262
Securities that are not in default and do not
 
qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities
36,505
8,062
6,407
67,906
96,742
Assets with matching interdependent liabilities
5
2,966
2,292
23,060
Other assets:
74,303
146,755
111,919
Physical traded commodities, including gold
11,638
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
10,076
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative
 
contracts and
 
contributions to default funds of CCPs
17,688
15,035
NSFR derivative assets
 
 
n/a
 
9,841
7,026
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction
 
of variation margin
posted
 
n/a
 
25,144
1,257
All other assets not included in the above
 
categories
62,665
85,926
2,162
5,994
78,525
Off-balance sheet items
 
n/a
 
799,831
28,891
Total Required Stable Funding
$
969,165
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
114
%
As at
October 31, 2023
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,123,816
Total Required Stable Funding
960,590
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
117
%
1
 
Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity.
 
These may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity,
 
non-maturity deposits, short
positions, open maturity positions, non-HQLA equities, and physical traded commodities.
2
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective NSFR weights, as prescribed by the
 
OSFI LAR guideline.
3
 
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and SME customers are deposits that are insured
 
and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have
an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawals highly unlikely.
4
 
Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their
 
access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These
activities include clearing, custody, or cash management
 
services.
5
 
Interdependent asset and liability items are deemed by OSFI to be interdependent and have RSF and ASF risk factors
 
adjusted to zero. Interdependent liabilities cannot fall due while the
asset is still on balance sheet, cannot be used to fund any other assets and principal payments from the asset cannot
 
be used for anything other than repaying the liability.
 
As such, the
only interdependent assets and liabilities that qualify for this treatment at the Bank are the liabilities arising from the
 
Canada Mortgage Bonds Program and their corresponding
encumbered assets.
 
6
 
Includes Residential Mortgages and HELOCs.
The Bank’s NSFR for the quarter ended April 30,
 
2024 is at 114%
 
(October 31, 2023 – 117%) representing a surplus of $135 billion
 
and adheres to regulatory
requirements. The NSFR remained relatively
 
stable to the previous quarter (January 31, 2024
 
– 114%), as our funding programs continued to meet our needs
 
in
Q2.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 40
FUNDING
The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured
 
and secured funding sources. The Bank’s
 
funding activities are conducted in accordance
 
with liquidity risk
management policies that require assets be
 
funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent
 
diversification profile.
 
The Bank’s primary approach to managing
 
funding activities is to maximize the use of
 
deposits raised through personal and
 
commercial banking channels.
The
following table illustrates the Bank’s base of personal
 
and commercial, wealth, and Schwab sweep
 
deposits (collectively, “P&C deposits”) that make up
approximately
70
% (October 31, 2023 –
70
%) of the Bank’s total funding.
 
TABLE 40: SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2024
2023
P&C deposits – Canadian
$
542,967
$
529,078
P&C deposits – U.S.
1
432,778
446,355
Total
$
975,745
$
975,433
1
P&C deposits in U.S. are presented on a Canadian equivalent basis and therefore period-over-period movements
 
reflect both underlying growth and changes in the foreign exchange
rate.
 
WHOLESALE FUNDING
The Bank maintains various registered external
 
wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding
 
programs to provide access to diversified
 
funding sources, including
asset securitization, covered bonds, and
 
unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank raises
 
term funding through Senior Notes, NHA
 
MBS, and notes backed by credit
card receivables (Evergreen Credit Card
 
Trust) and home equity lines of credit (Genesis Trust II). The Bank’s wholesale
 
funding is diversified by geography, by
currency, and by funding types. The Bank raises short-term (1
 
year or less) funding using certificates of deposit,
 
commercial paper, and bankers’ acceptances.
The following table summarizes the registered
 
term funding and capital programs by geography, with the related
 
program size as at April 30,
 
2024.
 
Canada
United States
Europe
Capital Securities Program ($20 billion)
Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes
Program ($5 billion)
HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7
 
billion)
U.S. SEC (F-3) Registered Capital and
 
Debt
Program (US$75 billion)
U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Registered
Legislative Covered Bond Program ($80 billion)
FCA Registered Global Medium-Term Note Program
(US$40 billion)
The following table presents a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s term debt by currency and funding
 
type. Term funding as at April 30, 2024, was $178.4 billion
(October 31, 2023
 
– $173.3 billion).
 
Note that Table 41: Long-Ter
 
m
 
Funding and Table 42: Wholesale Funding do not include any funding accessed
 
via repurchase transactions or securities financing.
TABLE 41: LONG-TERM FUNDING
1
As at
April 30
October 31
Long-term funding by currency
2024
 
2023
Canadian dollar
27
%
27
%
U.S. dollar
33
35
Euro
28
27
British pound
6
5
Other
6
6
Total
100
%
100
%
Long-term funding by type
 
 
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
57
%
61
%
Covered bonds
35
31
Mortgage securitization
2
7
7
Term asset-backed securities
1
1
Total
100
%
100
%
1
The table includes funding issued to external investors
 
only.
2
Mortgage securitization excludes the residential
 
mortgage trading business.
The Bank maintains depositor concentration
 
limits in respect of short-term wholesale
 
deposits so that it is not overly reliant
 
on individual depositors for funding.
The Bank further limits short-term wholesale
 
funding maturity concentration in an effort to
 
mitigate refinancing risk during a stress event.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 41
The following table represents the remaining
 
maturity of various sources of funding outstanding
 
as at April 30,
 
2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
TABLE 42: WHOLESALE FUNDING
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
2024
2023
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 months
Up to 1
Over 1 to
Over
1 month
months
months
to 1 year
year
2 years
2 years
Total
Total
Deposits from banks
2
$
26,389
$
5,815
$
3,660
$
3,321
$
39,185
$
$
$
39,185
$
42,481
Bearer deposit notes
157
728
539
230
1,654
1,654
1,804
Certificates of deposit
9,352
28,606
30,402
31,842
100,202
312
100,514
113,476
Commercial paper
10,320
15,037
16,436
12,847
54,640
54,640
40,515
Covered bonds
457
3,488
860
1,720
6,525
19,361
40,197
66,083
56,973
Mortgage securitization
3
2,322
1,073
2,738
6,133
3,777
20,325
30,235
27,131
Legacy senior unsecured medium-term
notes
4
1,898
1,898
289
2,187
3,162
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
5
3,178
5,525
9,455
18,158
19,523
57,308
94,989
97,525
Subordinated notes and debentures
6
197
11,121
11,318
9,620
Term asset-backed
 
securitization
318
1,035
560
1,913
375
2,288
2,204
Other
7
26,502
2,290
9,021
4,205
42,018
965
782
43,765
44,348
Total
$
73,177
$
63,680
$
68,551
$
66,918
$
272,326
$
44,424
$
130,108
$
446,858
$
439,239
Of which:
Secured
$
2,865
$
6,128
$
9,160
$
7,426
$
25,579
$
23,139
$
60,901
$
109,619
$
95,328
Unsecured
70,312
57,552
59,391
59,492
246,747
21,285
69,207
337,239
343,911
Total
$
73,177
$
63,680
$
68,551
$
66,918
$
272,326
$
44,424
$
130,108
$
446,858
$
439,239
1
 
Excludes bankers’ acceptances, which are disclosed in the Remaining Contractual Maturity table within the “Managing
 
Risk” section of this document.
2
 
Includes fixed-term deposits with banks.
3
 
Includes mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued to external investors and Wholesale Banking residential mortgage
 
trading business.
4
 
Includes a) senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) senior debt issued on or after September 23,
 
2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime,
including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days.
5
 
Comprised of senior debt subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in”
 
regime. Excludes $6.1 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the “bail-in”
regime (October 31, 2023 – $5.7 billion).
6
 
Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital
 
management purposes.
7
Includes fixed-term deposits from non-bank institutions (unsecured) of $18.0 billion (October 31, 2023 – $22.1
 
billion) and the remaining are non-term deposits.
Excluding the Wholesale Banking residential
 
mortgage trading business, the Bank’s total
 
MBS issued to external investors for the
 
three months and six months
ended April 30, 2024 was $0.7 billion and $0.8
 
billion, respectively (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2023 – $0.4 billion and $0.8 billion,
 
respectively) and
other asset-backed securities issued for
 
the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024 was nil (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2023
 
– $0.1 billion and
$0.4 billion, respectively). The Bank also issued
 
$7.5 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively
 
of unsecured medium-term notes for the
 
three and six months ended
April 30, 2024 (three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2023 – $1.0 billion and $13.9
 
billion) and $10.2 billion and $14.7 billion,
 
respectively of covered bonds for the
three and six months ended April 30, 2024 (three
 
and six months ended April 30, 2023 –
 
$9.7 billion).
MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
The following table summarizes on-balance
 
sheet and off-balance sheet categories by remaining
 
contractual maturity. Off-balance sheet commitments include
contractual obligations to make future payments
 
on certain lease-related commitments, certain
 
purchase obligations, and other liabilities.
 
The values of credit
instruments reported in the following
 
table represent the maximum amount of additional
 
credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend
 
should such instruments
be fully drawn or utilized. Since a significant
 
portion of guarantees and commitments
 
are expected to expire without being
 
drawn upon, the total of the contractual
amounts is not representative of expected future
 
liquidity requirements. These contractual
 
obligations have an impact on the Bank’s
 
short-term and long-term
liquidity and capital resource needs.
The maturity analysis presented does not depict
 
the degree of the Bank’s maturity transformation or
 
the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk.
 
The
Bank’s objective is to fund its assets appropriately
 
to protect against borrowing cost volatility
 
and potential reductions to funding market
 
availability. The Bank
utilizes stable non-maturity deposits (chequing
 
and savings accounts) and term deposits
 
as the primary source of long-term funding
 
for the Bank’s non-trading
assets including personal and business
 
term loans and the stable balance of revolving
 
lines of credit. Additionally, the Bank issues long-term funding
 
in respect of
such non-trading assets and raises short
 
term funding primarily to finance trading assets.
 
The liquidity of trading assets under stressed
 
market conditions is
considered when determining the appropriate
 
term of the funding.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 42
TABLE 43: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
No
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 to 9
9 months
Over 1 to
Over 2 to
Over
specific
1 month
months
months
months
to 1 year
2 years
5 years
5 years
maturity
Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
6,308
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,308
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
83,379
348
129
3,809
87,665
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
4,456
4,716
5,738
2,726
5,461
12,381
28,002
25,313
77,553
166,346
Non-trading financial assets at fair
value through profit or loss
480
451
199
115
272
998
554
952
1,625
5,646
Derivatives
10,945
10,369
5,215
5,060
3,875
10,725
20,347
15,654
82,190
Financial assets designated at fair
value through profit or loss
415
630
390
276
302
899
1,739
1,274
5,925
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income
1,009
6,022
2,036
2,228
2,564
6,967
19,643
31,086
3,691
75,246
Debt securities at amortized cost,
net of allowances for credit losses
1,011
15,656
3,433
4,991
4,698
24,556
106,707
132,544
(2)
293,594
Securities purchased under
reverse repurchase agreements
2
134,900
27,558
26,496
8,370
3,737
2,773
474
1,414
205,722
Loans
Residential mortgages
 
1,220
7,143
13,485
14,905
13,109
62,773
133,296
80,101
326,032
Consumer instalment and other personal
1,035
1,732
2,408
3,765
5,981
27,519
85,289
35,212
58,256
221,197
Credit card
39,421
39,421
Business and government
 
54,592
13,033
15,848
16,652
13,993
44,136
100,095
64,920
25,750
349,019
Total loans
56,847
21,908
31,741
35,322
33,083
134,428
318,680
180,233
123,427
935,669
Allowance for loan losses
(7,545)
(7,545)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
56,847
21,908
31,741
35,322
33,083
134,428
318,680
180,233
115,882
928,124
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
2,934
1,249
4,183
Investment in Schwab
9,866
9,866
Goodwill
3
18,658
18,658
Other intangibles
3
2,897
2,897
Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable
 
assets, and right-of-use assets
3
8
10
16
10
76
619
3,162
5,616
9,517
Deferred tax assets
4,806
4,806
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
33,537
28
33,565
Other assets
4,814
7,254
838
369
287
215
265
140
12,228
26,410
Total assets
$
341,035
$
96,197
$
76,096
$
59,473
$
54,289
$
194,018
$
497,030
$
390,487
$
258,043
$
1,966,668
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
3,231
$
3,168
$
5,102
$
2,836
$
2,216
$
4,977
$
7,982
$
1,709
$
$
31,221
Derivatives
9,733
10,857
3,972
4,654
3,515
7,983
13,414
15,614
69,742
Securitization liabilities at fair value
1,257
391
852
321
2,282
7,529
5,021
17,653
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
 
40,812
49,002
50,264
23,720
23,846
313
3
1
144
188,105
Deposits
4,5
Personal
7,520
19,133
28,227
20,828
18,726
19,170
22,250
705
492,424
628,983
Banks
11,333
97
6,237
2,408
1
3
1
12,383
32,463
Business and government
22,462
25,086
13,456
12,174
6,940
41,251
78,084
20,190
322,682
542,325
Total deposits
41,315
44,316
41,683
39,239
28,074
60,422
100,337
20,896
827,489
1,203,771
Acceptances
2,934
1,249
4,183
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
283
2,956
1,396
888
1,351
5,915
11,994
12,067
1,295
38,145
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase
 
agreements
2
168,705
16,980
2,966
557
128
1,346
49
1,508
192,239
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
1,065
682
740
825
1,495
4,689
3,085
12,581
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
31,726
28
31,754
Insurance contract liabilities
344
432
440
347
319
934
1,522
650
836
5,824
Other liabilities
11,229
12,719
6,509
2,611
962
687
1,910
4,178
7,345
48,150
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
197
11,121
11,318
Equity
111,982
111,982
Total liabilities and equity
$
310,312
$
144,029
$
113,405
$
76,444
$
61,557
$
86,551
$
149,429
$
74,342
$
950,599
$
1,966,668
Off-balance sheet commitments
Credit and liquidity commitments
6,7
$
26,026
$
34,061
$
28,274
$
20,780
$
23,491
$
47,618
$
165,624
$
5,495
$
1,891
$
353,260
Other commitments
8
97
141
196
345
235
928
1,418
383
57
3,800
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
110
61
861
46
903
1,981
Total off-balance sheet commitments
$
26,123
$
34,312
$
28,531
$
21,986
$
23,772
$
49,449
$
167,042
$
5,878
$
1,948
$
359,041
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
 
2
 
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
 
Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
 
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor,
 
obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
5
 
Includes $
66
 
billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $
1
 
billion in ‘less than 1 month’, $
3
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 3 months’, $
1
 
billion in ‘over 3 to 6 months’, $
2
 
billion
in ‘over 9 months to 1 year’, $
19
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $
34
 
billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $
6
 
billion in ‘over 5 years’.
6
 
Includes $
517
 
million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
7
 
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable
 
at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
8
 
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related
 
payments
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 43
TABLE 43: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
(continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
October 31, 2023
No
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 to 9
9 months
Over 1 to
Over 2 to
Over
specific
1 month
months
months
months
to 1 year
2 years
5 years
5 years
maturity
Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
6,721
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,721
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
91,966
559
5,823
98,348
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
4,328
6,329
5,170
3,008
4,569
13,226
27,298
25,677
62,485
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
354
1,538
199
1,664
828
1,351
1,406
7,340
Derivatives
10,145
10,437
5,246
4,244
3,255
11,724
25,910
16,421
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through
profit or loss
374
496
375
695
324
838
1,470
1,246
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
745
2,190
1,200
5,085
2,223
9,117
15,946
29,845
3,514
69,865
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
for credit losses
1,221
4,020
4,073
16,218
3,480
22,339
116,165
140,502
(2)
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
2
124,253
33,110
29,068
7,381
7,298
955
506
1,762
204,333
Loans
Residential mortgages
 
1,603
2,616
5,860
10,575
14,181
57,254
168,475
59,733
44
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
894
1,580
2,334
3,830
5,974
27,166
85,487
34,183
56,106
217,554
Credit card
38,660
38,660
Business and government
 
37,656
10,058
13,850
14,886
16,964
42,460
96,952
67,190
26,512
326,528
Total loans
40,153
14,254
22,044
29,291
37,119
126,880
350,914
161,106
121,322
903,083
Allowance for loan losses
(7,136)
(7,136)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
40,153
14,254
22,044
29,291
37,119
126,880
350,914
161,106
114,186
895,947
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
14,804
2,760
5
17,569
Investment in Schwab
8,907
8,907
Goodwill
3
18,602
18,602
Other intangibles
3
2,771
2,771
Land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable
assets, and right-of-use assets
3
8
6
8
14
79
573
3,153
5,593
9,434
Deferred tax assets
4
3,951
3,951
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
30,416
30,416
Other assets
4
5,267
1,869
5,619
208
194
137
129
82
14,124
27,629
Total assets
4
$
330,393
$
76,032
$
73,160
$
67,676
$
58,675
$
186,959
$
539,739
$
379,383
$
243,122
$
1,955,139
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
1,272
$
1,684
$
5,278
$
4,029
$
4,153
$
6,510
$
6,712
$
1,342
$
$
30,980
Derivatives
9,068
9,236
4,560
3,875
2,559
8,345
16,589
17,408
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
2
498
345
1,215
391
1,651
6,945
3,375
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
 
48,197
30,477
37,961
42,792
32,473
112
118
192,130
Deposits
5,6
Personal
6,044
19,095
22,387
14,164
19,525
17,268
20,328
51
507,734
626,596
Banks
19,608
68
29
4
1
11,515
31,225
Business and government
25,663
16,407
24,487
11,819
9,658
33,723
74,300
19,652
324,660
540,369
Total deposits
51,315
35,570
46,903
25,983
29,183
50,991
94,632
19,704
843,909
1,198,190
Acceptances
14,804
2,760
5
17,569
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
135
1,566
1,336
1,603
1,309
5,471
19,991
11,971
1,279
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase
 
agreements
2
146,559
10,059
6,607
457
1,142
150
46
1,834
166,854
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
526
355
1,073
703
2,180
4,956
2,917
12,710
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
30,872
30,872
Insurance contract liabilities
4
243
305
327
258
253
694
1,131
501
2,134
5,846
Other liabilities
4
11,923
9,808
7,986
1,276
1,198
918
1,979
4,226
8,260
47,574
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
196
9,424
9,620
Equity
4
112,071
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
4
$
314,390
$
102,489
$
111,663
$
82,561
$
73,364
$
77,218
$
152,981
$
70,868
$
969,605
$
1,955,139
Off-balance sheet commitments
Credit and liquidity commitments
7,8
$
22,242
$
24,178
$
26,399
$
21,450
$
22,088
$
47,826
$
166,891
$
5,265
$
1,487
$
337,826
Other commitments
9
109
279
214
197
204
889
1,364
424
73
3,753
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
836
3
239
95
729
1,902
Total off-balance sheet commitments
$
22,351
$
25,293
$
26,616
$
21,886
$
22,387
$
49,444
$
168,255
$
5,689
$
1,560
$
343,481
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
 
2
 
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
 
Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
5
 
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor,
 
obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
6
 
Includes $
57
 
billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $
6
 
billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $
3
 
billion in ‘over 6 months to 9 months’, $
1
 
billion in ‘over 9
months to 1 year’, $
12
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $
31
 
billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $
4
 
billion in ‘over 5 years’.
7
 
Includes $
573
 
million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
8
 
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable
 
at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
9
 
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments
 
for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related payments.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 44
REGULATORY AND STANDARD SETTER DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL (E&S) RISK (INCLUDING
 
CLIMATE)
On March 7, 2023, OSFI issued Final Guideline
 
B-15: Climate Risk Management (Guideline
 
B-15), which sets out OSFI’s expectations
 
related to the management
and disclosure of climate-related risks and
 
opportunities. Subsequently, on March 20, 2024, OSFI released
 
updates to Guideline B-15 which align
 
disclosure
expectations with the International Sustainability
 
Standards Board’s final IFRS S2 Climate-related
 
Disclosures standard. Components of Guideline
 
B-15 are initially
effective for D-SIBs for fiscal year-end 2024, where
 
annual disclosures are required to be
 
made publicly available no later than 180 days
 
after fiscal year-end. The
Bank has completed its initial assessment of
 
Guideline B-15 and is working towards
 
implementing the requirements.
ISSB – IFRS S1 and IFRS S2
On June 26, 2023, the International Sustainability
 
Standards Board (ISSB) under the IFRS
 
Foundation, issued its first two sustainability
 
standards,
 
IFRS S1,
General Requirements for Disclosures of Sustainability-related
 
Financial Information
 
(S1) and IFRS S2,
Climate-related Disclosures
 
(S2). S1 sets out the
disclosure requirements for financially
 
material information about sustainability-related
 
risks and opportunities to meet investor
 
information needs, and S2
specifically sets the disclosure requirement
 
for climate-related risks and opportunities.
 
The effective date for the standards is subject
 
to Canadian jurisdiction’s
endorsement. The International Organization
 
of Securities Commissions has endorsed
 
IFRS S1 and S2 on July 23, 2023,
 
and is now calling its member
jurisdictions to consider ways they may
 
adopt or apply the ISSB standards. The Bank
 
is currently assessing the impact of adopting
 
these standards.
SECURITIZATION AND
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Bank enters into securitization and off-balance
 
sheet arrangements in the normal course of
 
operations. The Bank is involved with
 
structured entities (SEs) that
it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored
 
by third parties. Refer to “Securitization and
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”
 
section, Note 9: Transfers of Financial
Assets and Note 10: Structured Entities of
 
the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report for further details.
 
There have been no significant changes
 
to the Bank’s securitization
and off-balance sheet arrangements during the quarter
 
ended April 30, 2024.
Securitization of Third Party-Originated
 
Assets
Significant Unconsolidated Special Purpose
 
Entities
The Bank securitizes third party-originated
 
assets
 
through Bank-sponsored SEs, including its Canadian
 
multi-seller conduits which are not consolidated.
 
These
Canadian multi-seller conduits securitize
 
Canadian originated third-party assets.
 
The Bank administers these multi-seller
 
conduits and provides liquidity facilities as
well as securities distribution services; it
 
may also provide credit enhancements.
 
TD’s total potential exposure to loss through the
 
provision of liquidity facilities for
multi-seller conduits was $15.9 billion as
 
at April 30, 2024 (October 31, 2023 – $15.2
 
billion). As at April 30, 2024, the Bank had
 
funded exposure of $13.9 billion
under such liquidity facilities relating
 
to outstanding issuances of asset-backed
 
commercial paper (October 31, 2023 – $13.3
 
billion).
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The Bank’s
 
unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements have been prepared in accordance
 
with IFRS. For details of the Bank’s
 
accounting policies under
IFRS, refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second
 
quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements and 2023 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements. For
details of the Bank’s significant accounting
 
judgments, estimates, and assumptions
 
under IFRS, refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2024
 
Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Bank’s
 
2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following new standard has been adopted
 
by the Bank on November 1, 2023.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 17) which replaced the guidance
 
in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 4) and became effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after
 
January 1, 2023, which was November 1, 2023
 
for the Bank. IFRS 17 establishes principles
 
for recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of insurance
 
contracts.
Under IFRS 17, insurance contracts are
 
aggregated into groups which are measured
 
at the risk-adjusted present value of
 
cash flows in fulfilling the contracts.
Revenue is recognized as insurance services
 
are provided over the coverage period.
 
Losses are recognized immediately if
 
the contract group is expected to be
onerous. The liabilities presented by insurance
 
groups are
 
comprised of the liability for remaining
 
coverage (LRC) and the liability for incurred
 
claims (LIC) and are
reported as Insurance contract liabilities
 
on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
The LRC is the obligation to investigate and
 
pay claims that have not yet
occurred and includes the loss component
 
related to onerous contract groups.
 
The LIC is the estimate of claims incurred, including
 
claims that have occurred but
have not been reported, and related insurance
 
costs.
 
IFRS 17 introduces two measurement models
 
that are applicable to the Bank, the premium
 
allocation approach model (PAA) and the general measurement
 
model
(GMM). The Bank measures the majority of
 
its insurance contract groups using
 
the PAA,
 
which includes property and casualty contracts
 
as well as short-term life
and health contracts. The PAA is a simplified model applied to insurance
 
contracts that are either one year or less
 
or where the PAA approximates the GMM.
Contracts using the GMM are longer-term life
 
and health contracts. The LRC for insurance
 
contract groups using the PAA is measured as unearned premiums
 
less
deferred acquisition cash flows allocated
 
to the group. The LRC is adjusted for the
 
recognition of insurance revenue and amortization
 
of acquisition cash flows
reported in insurance service expenses
 
on a straight-line basis over the contractual
 
terms of the underlying insurance contracts,
 
usually twelve months. The LRC
for longer term contracts using the GMM
 
model is measured using estimates and
 
assumptions that reflect the timing
 
and uncertainty of insurance cash flows.
When a group of contracts is expected
 
to be onerous, a loss component (expected
 
loss related to fulfilling the related insurance
 
contracts) is established which
increases the LRC and insurance service expenses.
 
The loss component of the LRC is
 
subsequently recognized in income over
 
the contractual term of the
underlying insurance contracts to offset claims
 
incurred and related expenses.
The Bank measures the LIC at the present
 
value of current estimates of claims and related
 
costs for insurable events occurring at or
 
before the Interim
Consolidated Balance Sheet date. The LIC
 
includes a risk adjustment, which represents
 
the compensation the Bank requires for bearing
 
the uncertainty related to
non-financial risks
 
in its fulfilment of insurance contracts.
 
Expenses related to claims incurred
 
and related costs are reported in insurance
 
service expenses and
changes related to discounting the liability are
 
recorded as insurance finance income
 
or expenses in other income (loss).
 
Prior to the adoption of IFRS 17, these
expenses were recorded in insurance
 
claims and related expenses and non-interest
 
expenses.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 45
Reinsurance contracts held are recognized
 
and measured using the same principles
 
as insurance contracts issued. Reinsurance
 
contract assets are presented in
Other assets in the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet and the net results from reinsurance
 
contracts held are presented in Other income
 
(loss) in the Interim
Consolidated Statement of Income. Refer to
 
Note 14 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024 Interim
 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details
 
on the results
of insurance and reinsurance contracts.
The Bank initially applied IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023 and restated the comparative
 
period. The Bank transitioned by primarily
 
applying the full retrospective
approach which resulted in the measurement
 
of insurance contracts as if IFRS 17
 
had always applied to them. The following
 
table sets out adjustments to the
Bank’s insurance-related balances reported under
 
IFRS 4 as at October 31, 2022 used to derive
 
the insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
 
contract assets
recognized by the Bank as at November
 
1, 2022 under IFRS 17.
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Amount
Insurance-related liabilities
$
7,468
Other liabilities
131
Other assets
(2,361)
Net insurance-related balances as at October
 
31, 2022
$
5,238
Changes in actuarial assumptions, including
 
risk adjustment and discount factor
 
(192)
Recognition of losses on onerous contracts
113
Other adjustments
(93)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
Insurance contract liabilities
$
5,761
Reinsurance contract assets
(695)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
On November 1, 2022, IFRS 17 transition
 
adjustments resulted in a decrease
 
to the Bank’s deferred tax assets of $60 million
 
and an after-tax increase to retained
earnings of $112 million.
 
Upon the initial application of IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023, the Bank applied transitional
 
guidance and reclassified certain securities
 
supporting insurance
operations to minimize accounting mismatches
 
arising from the application of the new discount
 
factor under IFRS 17. The transitional guidance
 
for such securities
is applicable for entities that previously used
 
IFRS 9,
Financial Instruments
 
and was applied without a restatement
 
of comparatives. The reclassification resulted
 
in
a decrease to retained earnings and an increase
 
in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
of $10 million.
 
ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES,
 
AND ASSUMPTIONS
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting
 
policies are essential to understanding its
 
results of operations and financial condition.
 
Some of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these
 
judgments or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a materially adverse impact
 
on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Bank has
established procedures to ensure that accounting
 
policies are applied consistently and that
 
the processes for changing methodologies,
 
determining estimates, and
adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The ECL model requires the application of estimates
 
and judgment in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking economic
 
environment. There remains
elevated economic uncertainty, and management continues to exercise
 
expert credit judgment in assessing if
 
an exposure has experienced significant increase
 
in
credit risk since initial recognition and in determining
 
the amount of ECLs at each reporting date.
 
To the extent that certain effects are not fully incorporated into the
model calculations, temporary quantitative and
 
qualitative adjustments have been applied.
Insurance Contracts
The assumptions used in establishing the Bank’s
 
insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities
 
are based on best estimates of possible
 
outcomes.
 
For property and casualty insurance
 
contracts, the ultimate cost of LIC is estimated
 
using a range of standard actuarial claims
 
projection techniques in
accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial
 
practices. Additional qualitative judgment
 
is used to assess the extent to which past
 
trends may or may not apply in
the future, in order to arrive at the estimated
 
ultimate claims cost amounts that present
 
the most likely outcome taking into account
 
all the uncertainties involved.
 
For life and health insurance contracts,
 
actuarial liabilities consider all future policy
 
cash flows, including premiums, claims,
 
and expenses required to administer
the policies. Critical assumptions used in
 
the measurement of life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities are determined by the appointed
 
actuary.
Further information on insurance risk assumptions
 
is provided in Note 14 of the Bank’s second quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following standard has been issued, but
 
is not yet effective on the date of issuance of
 
the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements.
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial
 
Statements
In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18,
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial
 
Statements
 
(IFRS 18), which replaces the guidance
 
in IAS 1,
Presentation of
Financial Statements
 
and sets out requirements for presentation
 
and disclosure of information, focusing
 
on providing relevant information to users
 
of the financial
statements. IFRS 18 focuses on the presentation
 
of financial performance in the statement of
 
profit or loss, it will be effective for the Bank’s annual
 
period
beginning November 1, 2027. Early application
 
is permitted. The Bank is currently assessing
 
the impact of adopting this standard.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
 
REPORTING
 
During the most recent interim period, there
 
have been no changes in the Bank’s policies and
 
procedures and other processes that
 
comprise its internal control
over financial reporting, that have materially affected,
 
or are reasonably likely to materially
 
affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial
 
reporting. Refer to
Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further information regarding the Bank’s changes
 
to
accounting policies, procedures, and estimates.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 46
GLOSSARY
Financial and Banking Terms
Adjusted Results:
 
Non-GAAP financial measures
 
used to assess each of the
Bank’s businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall
 
performance. To arrive at
adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items
 
of note”, from reported results. The
items of note relate to items which management
 
does not believe are indicative
of underlying business performance.
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
Represent expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
on
financial assets, including any off-balance sheet
 
exposures, at
 
the balance sheet date. Allowance for credit
 
losses consists of Stage 3
allowance for impaired financial assets and
 
Stage 2 and Stage 1 allowance for
performing financial assets and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The allowance is
increased by the provision for credit losses,
 
decreased by write-offs net of
recoveries and disposals,
 
and impacted by foreign exchange.
Amortized Cost:
 
The amount at which a financial asset or
 
financial liability is
measured at initial recognition minus principal
 
repayments, plus or minus the
cumulative amortization, using EIRM, of any
 
differences between the initial
amount and the maturity amount, and
 
minus any reduction for impairment.
 
Assets under Administration (AUA):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers where the Bank provides services
 
of an administrative nature, such
as the collection of investment income and
 
the placing of trades on behalf of the
clients (where the client has made his or
 
her own investment selection). The
majority of these assets are not reported on
 
the Bank’s Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
Assets under Management (AUM):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers, managed by the Bank, where
 
the Bank has discretion to make
investment selections on behalf of the
 
client (in accordance with an investment
policy). In addition to the TD family of mutual
 
funds, the Bank manages assets
on behalf of individuals, pension funds, corporations,
 
institutions, endowments
and foundations. These assets are not reported
 
on the Bank’s Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Some assets under management
 
that are also administered by
the Bank are included in assets under administration.
Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP):
 
A form of commercial paper that is
collateralized by other financial assets.
 
Institutional investors usually purchase
such instruments in order to diversify their assets
 
and generate short-term
gains.
Asset-Backed Securities (ABS):
 
A security whose value and income
payments are derived from and collateralized
 
(or “backed”) by a specified pool
of underlying assets.
Average Common Equity:
Average common equity for the business
 
segments
reflects the average allocated capital. The
 
Bank’s methodology for allocating
capital to its business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity
capital requirements under Basel III.
Average Interest-Earning Assets:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that depicts
the Bank’s financial position, and is calculated
 
as the average carrying value of
deposits with banks, loans and securities based
 
on daily balances for the period
ending October 31 in each fiscal year.
Basic Earnings per Share (EPS)
: A performance measure calculated by
dividing net income attributable to common
 
shareholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding
 
for the period. Adjusted basic
EPS is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted net income.
Basis Points
 
(bps):
 
A unit equal to 1/100 of 1%. Thus, a 1%
 
change is equal to
100 basis points.
 
 
Book Value per Share:
 
A measure calculated by dividing common
shareholders’
 
equity by number of common shares at
 
the end of the period.
 
Carrying Value:
 
The value at which an asset or liability
 
is carried at on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO):
 
They are collateralized debt
obligations consisting of mortgage-backed
 
securities that are separated and
issued as different classes of mortgage pass-through
 
securities with different
terms, interest rates, and risks. CMOs by private
 
issuers are collectively
referred to as non-agency CMOs.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital:
This is a primary Basel III capital
measure comprised mainly of common equity, retained earnings and
 
qualifying
non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. Regulatory
 
deductions made to arrive
at the CET1 Capital include goodwill
 
and intangibles, unconsolidated
investments in banking, financial, and insurance
 
entities, deferred tax assets,
defined benefit pension fund assets, and
 
shortfalls in allowances.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital Ratio:
CET1 Capital ratio represents
the predominant measure of capital adequacy
 
under Basel III
and equals CET1 Capital divided by RWA.
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR):
 
A measure of growth over multiple
time periods from the initial investment
 
value to the ending investment value
assuming that the investment has been
 
compounding over the time period.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA):
CVA represents a capital charge that
measures credit risk due to default of derivative
 
counterparties. This charge
requires banks to capitalize for the potential
 
changes in counterparty credit
spread for the derivative portfolios.
Diluted EPS
: A performance measure calculated by
 
dividing net income
attributable to common shareholders by the
 
weighted average number of
common shares outstanding adjusting for the
 
effect of all potentially dilutive
common shares. Adjusted diluted EPS is
 
calculated in the same manner using
adjusted net income.
Dividend Payout Ratio
: A ratio represents the percentage of
 
Bank’s earnings
being paid to common shareholders in
 
the form of dividends and is calculated
by dividing common dividends by net income
 
available to common
shareholders. Adjusted dividend payout ratio
 
is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net income.
Dividend Yield:
 
A ratio calculated as the dividend per
 
common share for the
year divided by the daily average closing
 
stock price during the year.
Effective Income Tax Rate:
A rate and performance indicator calculated
 
by
dividing the provision for income taxes as a percentage
 
of net income before
taxes. Adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
in the same manner
using adjusted results.
Effective Interest Rate (EIR):
 
The rate that discounts expected future cash
flows for the expected life of the financial instrument
 
to its carrying value. The
calculation takes into account the contractual
 
interest rate, along with any fees
or incremental costs that are directly
 
attributable to the instrument and all other
premiums or discounts.
Effective Interest Rate Method (EIRM):
 
A technique for calculating the actual
interest rate in a period based on the amount
 
of a financial instrument’s book
value at the beginning of the accounting period.
 
Under EIRM, the effective
interest rate, which is a key component of
 
the calculation, discounts the
expected future cash inflows and outflows expected
 
over the life of a financial
instrument.
 
Efficiency Ratio:
 
The efficiency ratio measures operating efficiency and
 
is
calculated by taking the non-interest expenses
 
as a percentage of total
revenue. A lower ratio indicates a more efficient
 
business operation. Adjusted
efficiency ratio, net of insurance service expenses
 
(ISE) is calculated by
dividing adjusted non-interest expenses
 
by adjusted total revenue, net of ISE.
Management believes presenting efficiency ratio
 
net of ISE is aligned with
industry reporting and allows for better assessment
 
of operating results.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 47
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF):
Established by the Financial
Stability Board in May 2012, comprised of
 
banks, analysts, investors, and
auditors, with the goal of enhancing the risk
 
disclosures of banks and other
financial institutions.
Expected Credit Losses (ECLs):
ECLs are the probability-weighted present
value of expected cash shortfalls over
 
the remaining expected life of the
financial instrument and considers reasonable
 
and supportable information
about past events, current conditions, and forecasts
 
of future events and
economic conditions that impact the Bank’s
 
credit risk assessment.
Fair Value:
 
The price that would be received to sell an
 
asset or paid to transfer
a liability in an orderly transaction between
 
market participants at the
measurement date, under current market
 
conditions.
Fair value through other comprehensive
 
income (FVOCI):
Under IFRS 9, if
the asset passes the contractual cash
 
flows test (named SPPI), the business
model assessment determines how the instrument
 
is classified. If the instrument
is being held to collect contractual cash flows,
 
that is, if it is not expected to be
sold, it is measured as amortized cost. If the
 
business model for the instrument
is to both collect contractual cash flows and
 
potentially sell the asset, it is
measured at FVOCI.
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL):
Under IFRS 9, the classification is
dependent on two tests, a contractual
 
cash flow test (named SPPI) and a
business model assessment. Unless the
 
asset meets the requirements of both
tests, it is measured at fair value with all
 
changes in fair value reported in profit
or loss.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
(FDIC):
A U.S. government
corporation which provides deposit insurance
 
guaranteeing the safety of a
depositor’s accounts in member banks.
 
The FDIC also examines and
supervises certain financial institutions for
 
safety and soundness, performs
certain consumer-protection functions, and
 
manages banks in receivership
(failed banks).
Forward Contracts:
 
Over-the-counter contracts between two parties
 
that oblige
one party to the contract to buy and the other
 
party to sell an asset for a fixed
price at a future date.
Futures:
 
Exchange-traded contracts to buy or
 
sell a security at a predetermined
price on a specified future date.
Hedging:
 
A risk management technique intended
 
to mitigate the Bank’s
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates,
 
foreign currency exchange rates, or
other market factors. The elimination or reduction
 
of such exposure is
accomplished by engaging in capital markets
 
activities to establish offsetting
positions.
Impaired Loans:
 
Loans where, in management’s opinion,
 
there has been a
deterioration of credit quality to the extent
 
that the Bank no longer has
reasonable assurance as to the timely collection
 
of the full amount of principal
and interest.
Loss Given Default (LGD):
 
It is the amount of the loss the Bank
 
would likely
incur when a borrower defaults on a loan,
 
which is expressed as a percentage
of exposure at default.
Mark-to-Market (MTM):
 
A valuation that reflects current market rates
 
as at the
balance sheet date for financial instruments
 
that are carried at fair value.
Master Netting Agreements:
 
Legal agreements between two parties
 
that have
multiple derivative contracts with each other
 
that provide for the net settlement
of all contracts through a single payment, in
 
a single currency, in the event of
default or termination of any one contract.
Net Corporate Expenses:
Non-interest expenses related to corporate
 
service
and control groups which are not allocated to a
 
business segment.
 
Net Interest Margin:
 
A non-GAAP ratio calculated as net interest
 
income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets
 
to measure performance. This
metric is an indicator of the profitability of
 
the Bank’s earning assets less the
cost of funding. Adjusted net interest
 
margin is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net interest income.
Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC):
Instruments (preferred shares and
subordinated debt) that contain a feature or
 
a provision that allows the financial
institution to either permanently convert these
 
instruments into common shares
or fully write-down the instrument, in the event
 
that the institution is no longer
viable.
Notional:
 
A reference amount on which payments
 
for derivative financial
instruments are based.
Office of the Superintendent of Financial
 
Institutions Canada (OSFI):
The
regulator of Canadian federally chartered
 
financial institutions and federally
administered pension plans.
Options:
 
Contracts in which the writer of the option grants
 
the buyer the future
right, but not the obligation, to buy or to sell a
 
security, exchange rate, interest
rate, or other financial instrument or commodity
 
at a predetermined price at or
by a specified future date.
Price-Earnings Ratio
:
A
ratio calculated by dividing the closing
 
share price by
EPS based on a trailing four quarters to indicate
 
market performance. Adjusted
price-earnings ratio is calculated in the
 
same manner using adjusted EPS.
 
Probability of Default (PD):
 
It is the likelihood that a borrower will not
 
be able
to meet its scheduled repayments.
Provision for Credit Losses (PCL):
 
Amount added to the allowance for credit
losses to bring it to a level that management
 
considers adequate to reflect
expected credit-related losses on its
 
portfolio.
Return on Common Equity (ROE):
 
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
as net income available to common shareholders
 
as a percentage of average
common shareholders’
 
equity,
 
utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income
attributable to common shareholders as a percentage
 
of average allocated
capital. Adjusted ROE is calculated in
 
the same manner using adjusted net
income.
 
Return on Risk-weighted Assets:
Net income available to common
shareholders as a percentage of average risk-weighted
 
assets.
Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial
measure calculated as reported net income
 
available to common shareholders
after adjusting for the after-tax amortization
 
of acquired intangibles,
 
which are
treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average
 
Tangible common
equity. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted net
income.
 
Both measures can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity.
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA):
Assets calculated by applying a regulatory
risk-weight factor to on and off-balance sheet
 
exposures. The risk-weight
factors are established by the OSFI to
 
convert on and off-balance sheet
exposures to a comparable risk level.
Securitization:
 
The process by which financial assets,
 
mainly loans, are
transferred to structures,
 
which normally issue a series of asset-backed
securities to investors to fund the purchase
 
of loans.
Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI):
 
IFRS 9 requires that the
following criteria be met in order for a financial
 
instrument to be classified at
amortized cost:
 
The entity’s business model relates to managing
 
financial assets (such as
bank trading activity), and, as such, an asset
 
is held with the intention of
collecting its contractual cash flows;
 
and
 
An asset’s contractual cash flows represent SPPI.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 48
Swaps:
 
Contracts that involve the exchange of fixed
 
and floating interest rate
payment obligations and currencies on a notional
 
principal for a specified period
of time.
Tangible common equity (TCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial measure calculated
 
as
common shareholders’ equity less goodwill,
 
imputed goodwill, and intangibles
on an investment in Schwab and TD
 
Ameritrade and other acquired intangible
assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities.
 
It can be utilized in assessing the
Bank’s use of equity.
Taxable Equivalent Basis (TEB):
 
A calculation method (not defined in GAAP)
that increases revenues and the provision
 
for income taxes on certain tax-
exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax
 
basis to facilitate comparison of
net interest income from both taxable and
 
tax-exempt sources.
Tier 1 Capital Ratio:
 
Tier 1 Capital represents the more permanent
 
forms of
capital, consisting primarily of common
 
shareholders’
 
equity, retained earnings,
preferred shares and innovative instruments.
 
Tier 1 Capital ratio is calculated as
Tier 1 Capital divided by RWA.
Total Capital Ratio:
 
Total Capital is defined as the total of net Tier 1 and Tier 2
Capital. Total Capital ratio is calculated as Total Capital divided by RWA.
Total Shareholder Return (TSR):
 
The total return earned on an investment
 
in
TD’s common shares. The return measures the
 
change in shareholder value,
assuming dividends paid are reinvested in
 
additional shares.
Trading-Related Revenue:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that is
 
the total of
trading income (loss), net interest income
 
on trading positions, and income
(loss) from financial instruments designated
 
at FVTPL that are managed within a
trading portfolio. Trading-related revenue (TEB) in the
 
Wholesale Banking
segment is also a non-GAAP financial measure
 
and is calculated in the same
manner, including TEB adjustments. Both are used for
 
measuring trading
performance.
Value-at-Risk (VaR):
 
A metric used to monitor and control overall
 
risk levels
and to calculate the regulatory capital required
 
for market risk in trading
activities. VaR measures the adverse impact that potential changes
 
in market
rates and prices could have on the value
 
of a portfolio over a specified period of
time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 49
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
 
SHEET
(unaudited)
(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
$
6,308
$
6,721
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
87,665
98,348
93,973
105,069
Trading loans, securities, and other
 
(Note 4)
166,346
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
5,646
7,340
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
82,190
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
5,925
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
(Note 4)
75,246
69,865
335,353
322,495
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for
 
credit losses (Notes 4, 5)
293,594
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
205,722
204,333
Loans (Notes 4, 6)
Residential mortgages
326,032
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
221,197
217,554
Credit card
39,421
38,660
Business and government
349,019
326,528
935,669
903,083
Allowance for loan losses
 
(Note 6)
(7,545)
(7,136)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
928,124
895,947
Other
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
(Note 6)
4,183
17,569
Investment in Schwab
 
(Note 7)
9,866
8,907
Goodwill
18,658
18,602
Other intangibles
2,897
2,771
Land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable assets and
 
right-of-use assets
9,517
9,434
Deferred tax assets
1
4,806
3,951
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
33,565
30,416
Other assets
1
 
(Note 9)
26,410
27,629
109,902
119,279
Total assets
1
$
1,966,668
$
1,955,139
LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
(Notes 4, 10)
$
31,221
$
30,980
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
69,742
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
 
(Note 4)
17,653
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
 
(Notes 4, 10)
188,105
192,130
306,721
309,172
Deposits (Notes 4, 10)
Personal
 
628,983
 
626,596
Banks
32,463
31,225
Business and government
542,325
540,369
1,203,771
1,198,190
Other
Acceptances
 
(Note 6)
4,183
17,569
Obligations related to securities sold short
 
(Note 4)
38,145
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
192,239
166,854
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
 
(Note 4)
12,581
12,710
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
31,754
30,872
Insurance contract liabilities
1
 
(Note 14)
5,824
5,846
Other liabilities
1
 
(Note 11)
48,150
47,574
332,876
326,086
Subordinated notes and debentures (Notes 4, 12)
11,318
9,620
Total liabilities
1
1,854,686
1,843,068
EQUITY
Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares
 
(Note 13)
25,257
25,434
Preferred shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
10,503
10,853
Treasury – common shares
 
(Note 13)
(24)
(64)
Treasury – preferred shares and other
 
equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
(8)
(65)
Contributed surplus
184
155
Retained earnings
1
71,904
73,008
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
4,166
2,750
Total equity
1
111,982
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
1
$
1,966,668
$
1,955,139
1
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
(IFRS 17). Refer to Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 50
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
 
For the three months ended
 
 
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
Interest income
1
 
(Note 21)
Loans
$
13,154
$
10,539
$
26,149
$
20,537
 
Reverse repurchase agreements
2,914
2,134
5,852
3,915
Securities
Interest
5,122
4,462
10,398
8,801
Dividends
680
638
1,228
1,150
Deposits with banks
1,126
1,534
2,182
2,960
22,996
19,307
45,809
37,363
Interest expense (Note 21)
Deposits
11,490
9,042
22,974
16,837
Securitization liabilities
259
208
516
430
Subordinated notes and debentures
99
105
193
216
Repurchase agreements and short sales
3,390
2,293
6,595
4,301
Other
293
231
578
418
15,531
11,879
30,856
22,202
Net interest income
7,465
7,428
14,953
15,161
Non-interest income
Investment and securities services
1,872
1,671
3,617
3,076
Credit fees
494
429
1,063
857
Trading income (loss)
744
289
1,669
967
Service charges
2
657
621
1,311
1,249
Card services
703
712
1,465
1,481
Insurance revenue
2
1,665
1,514
3,341
3,056
Other income (loss)
2
219
(267)
114
(1,249)
6,354
4,969
12,580
9,437
Total revenue
2
13,819
12,397
27,533
24,598
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,071
599
2,072
1,289
Insurance service expenses
2
1,248
1,118
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
4,250
3,883
8,564
7,641
Occupancy, including depreciation
474
446
942
879
Technology and equipment, including depreciation
616
561
1,254
1,083
Amortization of other intangibles
 
168
170
353
312
Communication and marketing
394
386
719
699
Restructuring charges
 
(Note 19)
165
456
Brokerage-related and sub-advisory fees
125
111
255
203
Professional, advisory and outside services
655
630
1,220
1,198
Other
2
1,554
569
2,668
2,853
8,401
6,756
16,431
14,868
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from investment
 
in Schwab
2
3,099
3,924
6,416
6,159
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
2
729
859
1,363
1,798
Share of net income from investment
 
in Schwab (Note 7)
194
241
335
526
Net income
2
2,564
3,306
5,388
4,887
Preferred dividends and distributions
 
on other equity instruments
190
210
264
293
Net income available to common shareholders
2
$
2,374
$
3,096
$
5,124
$
4,594
Earnings per share
 
(Canadian dollars)
 
(Note 18)
Basic
2
$
1.35
$
1.69
$
2.90
$
2.52
Diluted
2
1.35
1.69
2.89
2.52
Dividends per common share
 
(Canadian dollars)
1.02
0.96
2.04
1.92
1
 
Includes $
20,659
 
million and $
41,158
 
million, for the three and six months ended April 30, 2024, respectively (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2023 – $
17,429
 
million and
$
33,677
 
million, respectively), which have been calculated based on the effective interest
 
rate method (EIRM).
2
 
Amounts for the three and six months ended April 30, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer
 
to Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 51
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net income
1
$
2,564
$
3,306
$
5,388
$
4,887
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that will be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on
 
financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income
 
Change in unrealized gain/(loss)
(42)
166
297
410
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
(3)
(15)
(9)
(14)
Changes in allowance for credit losses recognized
 
in earnings
(1)
(1)
Income taxes relating to:
Change in unrealized gain/(loss)
12
(42)
(73)
(115)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
2
5
5
5
(31)
114
219
285
Net change in unrealized foreign currency
 
translation gain/(loss) on
investments in foreign operations, net
 
of hedging activities
Unrealized gain/(loss)
3,058
1,842
(825)
(523)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
(2)
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
(1,966)
(754)
466
88
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
 
on hedges
2
Income taxes relating to:
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
544
208
(132)
(309)
1,636
1,296
(491)
(744)
Net change in gain/(loss) on derivatives
 
designated as cash flow hedges
 
Change in gain/(loss)
(517)
1,713
(242)
3,752
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
(1,246)
(1,069)
1,194
(1,063)
Income taxes relating to:
Change in gain/(loss)
149
(558)
60
(911)
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
328
289
(330)
322
(1,286)
375
682
2,100
Share of other comprehensive income (loss)
 
from investment in Schwab
(56)
453
826
700
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
 
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee
 
benefit plans
Gain/(loss)
(30)
(49)
(257)
47
Income taxes
8
14
71
(30)
(22)
(35)
(186)
17
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss)
 
on equity securities designated at
 
fair value through other comprehensive income
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss)
45
(170)
245
(157)
Income taxes
(11)
34
(65)
30
34
(136)
180
(127)
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due
 
to own credit risk on
financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Gain/(loss)
54
115
(128)
Income taxes
(15)
(32)
34
39
83
(94)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
314
2,150
1,230
2,137
Total comprehensive income (loss)
1
$
2,878
$
5,456
$
6,618
$
7,024
Attributable to:
Common shareholders
1
$
2,688
$
5,246
$
6,354
$
6,731
Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument
 
holders
1
 
190
210
 
264
293
1
 
Amounts for the three and six months ended April 30, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer
 
to Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 52
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Common shares (Note 13)
Balance at beginning of period
$
25,318
$
25,094
$
25,434
$
24,363
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options
24
45
66
71
Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan
132
713
269
1,418
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(217)
(512)
Balance at end of period
25,257
25,852
25,257
25,852
Preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 13)
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
10,853
11,253
10,853
11,253
Redemption of shares and other equity instruments
(350)
(350)
Balance at end of period
10,503
11,253
10,503
11,253
Treasury – common shares (Note 13)
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(58)
(103)
(64)
(91)
Purchase of shares
(2,154)
(2,235)
(5,250)
(4,051)
Sale of shares
2,188
2,239
5,290
4,043
Balance at end of period
(24)
(99)
(24)
(99)
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 13)
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(27)
(9)
(65)
(7)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
(153)
(185)
(251)
(326)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
172
184
308
323
Balance at end of period
(8)
(10)
(8)
(10)
Contributed surplus
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
172
185
155
179
Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury instruments
5
(11)
18
(8)
Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised
 
8
5
13
15
Other
(1)
(18)
(2)
(25)
Balance at end of period
184
161
184
161
Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
1
72,347
73,612
73,008
73,698
Impact on adoption of IFRS 17
2
112
Impact of reclassification of securities supporting insurance operations
related to the adoption of IFRS 17
2
(10)
Net income attributable to equity instrument holders
1
2,564
3,306
5,388
4,887
Common dividends
(1,795)
(1,754)
(3,602)
(3,500)
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
(190)
(210)
(264)
(293)
Net premium on repurchase of common shares and redemption of preferred shares and other
equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
(1,002)
(2,430)
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee benefit plans
(22)
(35)
(186)
17
Realized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income
2
(4)
(6)
Balance at end of period
1
71,904
74,915
71,904
74,915
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(163)
(305)
(413)
(476)
Impact of reclassification of securities supporting insurance operations
related to the adoption of IFRS 17
2
10
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(31)
114
210
286
Allowance for credit losses
(1)
(1)
Balance at end of period
 
(194)
(191)
(194)
(191)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
 
 
 
 
other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
19
32
(127)
23
Other comprehensive income (loss)
36
(140)
180
(133)
Reclassification of loss/(gain) to retained earnings
(2)
4
6
Balance at end of period
 
53
(104)
53
(104)
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
designated at fair value through profit or loss:
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(77)
(99)
(38)
78
Other comprehensive income (loss)
39
83
(94)
Balance at end of period
 
(38)
(16)
(38)
(16)
Net unrealized foreign currency translation gain/(loss) on investments in foreign
 
 
 
 
 
operations, net of hedging activities:
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
10,550
10,008
12,677
12,048
Other comprehensive income (loss)
1,636
1,296
(491)
(744)
Balance at end of period
 
12,186
11,304
12,186
11,304
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(3,504)
(3,992)
(5,472)
(5,717)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,286)
375
682
2,100
Balance at end of period
 
(4,790)
(3,617)
(4,790)
(3,617)
Share of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab
(3,051)
(3,268)
(3,051)
(3,268)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
4,166
4,108
4,166
4,108
Total equity
1
$
111,982
$
116,180
$
111,982
$
116,180
1
 
Amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17 as at and for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2023. Refer to Note 2 for details.
2
 
Refer to Note 2 for details on the adoption of IFRS 17.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 53
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CASH FLOWS
 
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
Net income
1
$
2,564
$
3,306
$
5,388
$
4,887
Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating
 
activities
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,071
599
2,072
1,289
Depreciation
324
309
638
598
Amortization of other intangibles
168
170
353
312
Net securities loss/(gain)
 
(Note 5)
66
21
60
22
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
 
(Note 7)
(194)
(241)
(335)
(526)
Deferred taxes
1
(730)
(642)
(797)
(701)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Interest receivable and payable
 
(Notes 9, 11)
206
484
370
512
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
18,110
4,428
25,385
16,937
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
(6,643)
(25,418)
(1,389)
(35,616)
Securities sold short
(4,730)
208
(6,516)
1,414
Trading loans, securities, and other
(4,826)
(430)
(14,256)
(10,781)
Loans net of securitization and sales
(24,876)
(13,552)
(34,289)
(19,815)
Deposits
23,104
(31,955)
5,822
(40,210)
Derivatives
(5,947)
(3,669)
3,294
1,895
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
1,339
1,846
1,694
2,685
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
8,038
15,190
(4,132)
38,077
Securitization liabilities
1,333
835
3,102
(96)
Current taxes
(1,048)
443
520
2,105
Brokers, dealers, and clients amounts receivable and
 
payable
(1,053)
2,083
(2,267)
(6,837)
Other, including unrealized foreign currency
 
translation loss/(gain)
1
(995)
(8,092)
452
(5,170)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
5,281
(54,077)
(14,831)
(49,019)
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities
Issuance of subordinated notes and debentures
 
(Note 12)
1,750
1,750
Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and
 
debentures
(18)
(4)
(42)
49
Common shares issued, net
22
40
59
64
Repurchase of common shares
 
(Note 13)
(1,219)
(2,942)
Redemption of preferred shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
(350)
(350)
Sale of treasury shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
2,365
2,412
5,616
4,358
Purchase of treasury shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 13)
(2,307)
(2,420)
(5,501)
(4,377)
Dividends paid on shares and distributions paid on other equity
 
instruments
(1,853)
(3,597)
(1,124)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(158)
(164)
(325)
(320)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
(1,768)
(136)
(5,332)
(1,350)
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
(10,894)
41,884
10,242
34,860
Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
Purchases
(6,325)
(7,745)
(13,626)
(15,330)
Proceeds from maturities
5,137
3,742
8,445
9,215
Proceeds from sales
377
2,227
1,115
2,822
Activities in debt securities at amortized cost
Purchases
(2,462)
(7,683)
(5,700)
(18,090)
Proceeds from maturities
8,825
10,605
17,532
24,646
Proceeds from sales
2,108
11,861
2,606
11,870
Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable
 
assets, and other intangibles
(425)
(373)
(896)
(776)
Net cash acquired from (paid for) divestitures and acquisitions
(502)
70
(502)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
(3,659)
54,016
19,788
48,715
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
 
due from banks
121
83
(38)
(28)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
(25)
(114)
(413)
(1,682)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
6,333
6,988
6,721
8,556
Cash and due from banks at end of period
$
6,308
$
6,874
$
6,308
$
6,874
Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating
 
activities
Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the period
$
1,590
$
878
$
2,172
$
1,368
Amount of interest paid during the period
 
15,232
 
11,035
 
30,410
 
20,648
Amount of interest received during the period
22,223
18,309
44,505
35,171
Amount of dividends received during the period
683
588
1,359
1,117
1
 
Amounts for the three and six months ended April 30, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer
 
to Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 54
NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION
The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The shareholders of a bank are not, as
 
shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or
default of the bank except as otherwise provided
 
under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known
 
as
TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). The Bank
 
was formed through the amalgamation on
 
February 1, 1955,
 
of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The
Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank
 
is incorporated and domiciled in Canada
 
with its registered and principal business offices
 
located at 66 Wellington
Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in four business segments
 
operating in a number of locations in key
 
financial centres around the globe:
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and
 
Insurance, and Wholesale Banking.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
The accompanying Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and accounting principles
 
followed by the Bank have been prepared in
 
accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards
 
(IFRS), as issued by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including
 
the accounting requirements of
the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions
 
Canada (OSFI).
 
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
are presented in Canadian dollars, unless
otherwise indicated.
These Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
were prepared on a condensed basis in
 
accordance with International Accounting Standard
 
34,
Interim
Financial Reporting
 
using the accounting policies as described
 
in Note 2 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and in Note 2 of this report.
Certain comparative amounts have been
 
revised to conform with the presentation
 
adopted in the current period.
The preparation of the Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements requires that management
 
make judgments, estimates, and assumptions
 
regarding the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue
 
and expenses, and disclosure of contingent
 
assets and liabilities, as further described in
 
Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and in Note 3 of this report. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated
 
amounts as future confirming events
occur.
 
The Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
have been prepared using uniform accounting
 
policies for like transactions and events in
 
similar
circumstances. All intercompany transactions,
 
balances,
 
and unrealized gains and losses on
 
transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024, were approved and authorized
 
for issue by the Bank’s Board
of Directors, in accordance with a recommendation
 
of the Audit Committee, on May 22, 2024.
As the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
do not include all of the disclosures normally
 
provided in the Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements, they
should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and the accompanying Notes, and
 
the shaded sections of the 2023
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A).
 
The risk management policies and procedures
 
of the Bank are provided in the MD&A.
 
The shaded sections of
the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A in
 
this report,
 
relating to market, liquidity, and insurance risks, are an integral
 
part of these Interim Consolidated Financial
Statements, as permitted by IFRS.
 
NOTE 2: CURRENT AND FUTURE CHANGES
 
IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following new standard has been adopted
 
by the Bank on November 1, 2023.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17 which replaced
 
the guidance in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 4) and became effective for annual
 
reporting periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2023, which was November
 
1, 2023 for the Bank. IFRS 17 establishes
 
principles for recognition, measurement,
 
presentation and disclosure of
insurance contracts.
Under IFRS 17, insurance contracts are
 
aggregated into groups which are measured
 
at the risk-adjusted present value of
 
cash flows in fulfilling the contracts.
Revenue is recognized as insurance services
 
are provided over the coverage period.
 
Losses are recognized immediately if
 
the contract group is expected to be
onerous. The liabilities presented by insurance
 
groups are
 
comprised of the liability for remaining
 
coverage (LRC) and the liability for incurred
 
claims (LIC) and are
reported as Insurance contract liabilities
 
on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
The LRC is the obligation to investigate and
 
pay claims that have not yet
occurred and includes the loss component related
 
to onerous contract groups.
 
The LIC is the estimate of claims incurred, including
 
claims that have occurred but
have not been reported, and related insurance
 
costs.
 
IFRS 17 introduces two measurement models
 
that are applicable to the Bank, the premium
 
allocation approach model (PAA) and the general measurement
 
model
(GMM). The Bank measures the majority of
 
its insurance contract groups using
 
the PAA,
 
which includes property and casualty contracts
 
as well as short-term life
and health contracts. The PAA is a simplified model applied to insurance
 
contracts that are either one year or less
 
or where the PAA approximates the GMM.
Contracts using the GMM are longer-term life
 
and health contracts. The LRC for insurance
 
contract groups using the PAA is measured as unearned premiums
 
less
deferred acquisition cash flows allocated
 
to the group. The LRC is adjusted for the
 
recognition of insurance revenue and amortization
 
of acquisition cash flows
reported in insurance service expenses
 
on a straight-line basis over the contractual
 
terms of the underlying insurance contracts,
 
usually twelve months. The LRC
for longer term contracts using the GMM
 
model is measured using estimates and
 
assumptions that reflect the timing
 
and uncertainty of insurance cash flows.
When a group of contracts is expected
 
to be onerous, a loss component (expected
 
loss related to fulfilling the related insurance
 
contracts) is established which
increases the LRC and insurance service expenses.
 
The loss component
 
of the LRC is subsequently recognized in
 
income over the contractual term of
 
the
underlying insurance
 
contracts to offset claims incurred and related
 
expenses.
The Bank measures the LIC at the present
 
value of current estimates of claims and related
 
costs for insurable events occurring at or
 
before the Interim
Consolidated Balance Sheet date. The LIC
 
includes a risk adjustment, which represents
 
the compensation the Bank requires for bearing
 
the uncertainty related to
non-financial risks
 
in its fulfilment of insurance contracts.
 
Expenses related to claims incurred
 
and related costs are reported in insurance
 
service expenses and
changes related to discounting the liability are
 
recorded as insurance finance income
 
or expenses in other income (loss).
 
Prior to the adoption of IFRS 17, these
expenses were recorded in insurance
 
claims and related expenses and non-interest
 
expenses.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 55
Reinsurance contracts held are recognized
 
and measured using the same principles as insurance
 
contracts issued. Reinsurance contract
 
assets are presented in
Other assets on the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet and the net results from reinsurance
 
contracts held are presented in Other income
 
(loss) on the Interim
Consolidated Statement of Income. Refer to
 
Note 14 for further detail on the balances and
 
results of insurance and reinsurance contracts.
The Bank initially applied IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023 and restated the comparative
 
period. The Bank transitioned by primarily
 
applying the full retrospective
approach which resulted in the measurement
 
of insurance contracts as if IFRS 17
 
had always applied to them.
The following table sets out adjustments
 
to the
Bank’s insurance-related balances reported under
 
IFRS 4 as at October 31, 2022 used to derive
 
the insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
 
contract assets
recognized by the Bank as at November
 
1, 2022 under IFRS 17.
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Amount
Insurance-related liabilities
$
7,468
Other liabilities
131
Other assets
(2,361)
Net insurance-related balances as at October
 
31, 2022
$
5,238
Changes in actuarial assumptions, including
 
risk adjustment and discount factor
 
(192)
Recognition of losses on onerous contracts
113
Other adjustments
(93)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
Insurance contract liabilities
$
5,761
Reinsurance contract assets
(695)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
On November 1, 2022, IFRS 17 transition
 
adjustments resulted in a decrease
 
to the Bank’s deferred tax assets of $
60
 
million and an after-tax increase to retained
earnings of $
112
 
million.
 
Upon the initial application of IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023, the Bank applied transitional
 
guidance and reclassified certain securities
 
supporting insurance
operations to minimize accounting mismatches
 
arising from the application of the new
 
discount factor under IFRS 17. The transitional
 
guidance for such securities
is applicable for entities that previously used
 
IFRS 9,
Financial Instruments
 
and was applied without a restatement
 
of comparatives. The reclassification resulted
 
in
a decrease to retained earnings and an increase
 
in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(AOCI) of $
10
 
million.
 
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following standard has been issued, but
 
is not yet effective on the date of issuance of
 
the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements.
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial
 
Statements
In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18,
Presentation and Disclosure in Financial
 
Statements
 
(IFRS 18), which replaces the guidance
 
in IAS 1,
Presentation of
Financial Statements
 
and sets out requirements for presentation
 
and disclosure of information, focusing
 
on providing relevant information to users
 
of the financial
statements. IFRS 18 focuses on the presentation
 
of financial performance in the statement of
 
profit or loss, it will be effective for the Bank’s annual
 
period
beginning November 1, 2027. Early application
 
is permitted. The Bank is currently assessing
 
the impact of adopting this standard.
NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
 
JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies
 
are essential to understanding its results
 
of operations and financial condition. Some
 
of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments
 
or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a material impact on the Bank’s
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Bank has established
procedures to ensure that accounting policies
 
are applied consistently and that the processes
 
for changing methodologies, determining
 
estimates, and adopting
new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated
Financial Statements for a description of
 
significant accounting judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires
 
the application of judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking
economic environment. There remains elevated
 
economic uncertainty, and management continues to exercise
 
expert credit judgment in assessing if an
 
exposure
has experienced significant increase in credit
 
risk since initial recognition and in determining
 
the amount of ECLs at each reporting date.
 
To the extent that certain
effects are not fully incorporated into the model
 
calculations, temporary quantitative and qualitative
 
adjustments have been applied.
Insurance Contracts
The assumptions used in establishing the Bank’s
 
insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities
 
are based on best estimates of possible
 
outcomes.
 
For property and casualty insurance
 
contracts, the ultimate cost of LIC is estimated
 
using a range of standard actuarial claims
 
projection techniques in
accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial
 
practices. Additional qualitative judgment
 
is used to assess the extent to which past
 
trends may or may not apply in
the future, in order to arrive at the estimated
 
ultimate claims cost amounts that present
 
the most likely outcome taking into account
 
all the uncertainties involved.
 
For life and health insurance contracts,
 
actuarial liabilities consider all future policy
 
cash flows, including premiums, claims,
 
and expenses required to administer
the policies. Critical assumptions used in
 
the measurement of life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities are determined by the appointed
 
actuary.
Further information on insurance risk assumptions
 
is provided in Note 14.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 56
NOTE 4: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
There have been no significant changes to
 
the Bank’s approach and methodologies used
 
to determine fair value measurements for
 
the three and six months
ended April 30, 2024.
 
 
(a)
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES NOT CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table reflects the fair value
 
of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities not
 
carried at fair value.
 
Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried
 
at Fair Value
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Carrying
Fair
Carrying
Fair
value
value
value
value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
Government and government-related
 
securities
 
$
222,786
$
216,565
$
232,093
$
222,699
Other debt securities
70,808
68,531
75,923
72,511
Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
293,594
285,096
308,016
295,210
Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 
928,124
917,578
895,947
877,763
Total financial assets not carried at fair value
$
1,221,718
$
1,202,674
$
1,203,963
$
1,172,973
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits
$
1,203,771
$
1,197,933
$
1,198,190
$
1,188,585
Securitization liabilities at amortized
 
cost
 
12,581
12,107
12,710
12,035
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
 
11,318
 
11,294
 
9,620
9,389
Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value
$
1,227,670
$
1,221,334
$
1,220,520
$
1,210,009
1
This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying value approximates their fair value.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 57
(b)
FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The following table presents the levels within
 
the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets
 
and liabilities measured at fair value on
 
a recurring basis as at
April 30, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
$
39
$
7,513
$
$
7,552
$
72
$
9,073
$
$
9,145
Provinces
 
7,482
7,482
7,445
7,445
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
22,575
22,575
2
24,325
67
24,394
Other OECD
2
 
government-guaranteed debt
9,390
9,390
8,811
8,811
Mortgage-backed securities
1,964
1,964
1,698
1,698
Other debt securities
Canadian issuers
 
5,888
4
5,892
6,067
5
6,072
Other issuers
14,579
25
14,604
14,553
60
14,613
Equity securities
65,210
18
9
65,237
54,186
41
10
54,237
Trading loans
 
19,092
19,092
17,261
17,261
Commodities
11,749
807
12,556
7,620
791
8,411
Retained interests
2
2
3
3
 
76,998
89,310
38
166,346
61,880
90,068
142
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Securities
278
1,555
1,150
2,983
269
 
2,596
980
3,845
Loans
2,663
2,663
3,495
3,495
278
4,218
1,150
5,646
269
6,091
980
7,340
Derivatives
Interest rate contracts
 
21,091
21,091
17
 
22,893
22,910
Foreign exchange contracts
 
47
52,061
5
52,113
26
57,380
7
57,413
Credit contracts
 
81
81
54
54
Equity contracts
 
58
4,901
4,959
58
4,839
4,897
Commodity contracts
 
556
3,375
15
3,946
306
1,787
15
2,108
661
81,509
20
82,190
407
86,953
22
87,382
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
Securities
1
5,925
5,925
 
5,818
5,818
5,925
5,925
5,818
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
18,607
18,607
18,210
18,210
Provinces
 
20,586
20,586
19,940
19,940
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
15,624
15,624
11,002
11,002
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
1,683
1,683
1,498
1,498
Mortgage-backed securities
2,211
2,211
2,277
2,277
Other debt securities
Asset-backed securities
3,458
3,458
4,114
4,114
Corporate and other debt
9,161
14
9,175
8,863
27
8,890
Equity securities
1,388
1
2,307
3,696
1,133
3
2,377
3,513
Loans
206
206
421
421
 
1,388
71,537
2,321
75,246
1,133
66,328
2,404
69,865
Securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements
8,920
8,920
9,649
9,649
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
 
30,311
 
910
 
31,221
 
29,995
985
30,980
Derivatives
 
Interest rate contracts
 
1
13,403
148
13,552
16
 
21,064
 
126
 
21,206
Foreign exchange contracts
 
49
46,370
12
46,431
19
44,841
13
44,873
Credit contracts
 
799
799
172
172
Equity contracts
 
5,207
23
5,230
7
3,251
21
3,279
Commodity contracts
 
644
3,077
9
3,730
248
1,846
16
2,110
694
68,856
192
69,742
290
71,174
176
 
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
17,653
17,653
 
14,422
 
 
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
through profit or loss
188,031
74
188,105
 
192,108
 
22
 
192,130
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
 
2,117
36,028
38,145
1,329
 
43,332
 
 
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
11,747
11,747
12,641
12,641
-
1
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but
 
not yet purchased (short positions).
2
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).
(c)
 
TRANSFERS BETWEEN FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY LEVELS FOR ASSETS
 
AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The Bank’s policy is to record transfers of assets
 
and liabilities between the different levels of the
 
fair value hierarchy using the fair values as
 
at the end of each
reporting period.
 
There were no significant transfers between
 
Level 1 and Level 2 during the three and
 
six months ended April 30,
 
2024 and April 30,
 
2023.
There were no significant transfers between
 
Level 2 and Level 3 during the three and
 
six months ended April 30,
 
2024 and April 30,
 
2023.
 
There were no significant changes to the unobservable
 
inputs and sensitivities for assets and liabilities
 
classified as Level 3 during the three and
 
six months ended
April 30, 2024, and April 30, 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 58
(d)
RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN FAIR VALUE FOR LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following tables set out changes in fair
 
value of all assets and liabilities measured
 
at fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable
 
inputs for the three and
six months ended April 30, 2024 and April 30,
 
2023.
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
 
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
 
(losses) on
February 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2024
in income
2
in OCI
3,4
Issuances
 
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2024
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
34
$
$
$
$
(34)
$
$
$
$
Other debt securities
61
(2)
18
(4)
5
(49)
29
(1)
Equity securities
7
2
9
(1)
 
 
102
(2)
20
(38)
5
(49)
38
 
(2)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
1,079
49
33
(10)
(1)
1,150
45
1,079
49
33
(10)
(1)
1,150
45
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
26
(1)
(11)
14
3
Equity securities
 
2,142
(2)
122
45
2,307
(13)
 
$
2,168
$
$
(3)
$
122
$
34
$
$
$
2,321
$
(10)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(1,039)
$
34
$
$
(18)
$
97
$
$
16
$
(910)
$
44
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(137)
(18)
7
(148)
 
(10)
Foreign exchange contracts
(1)
(1)
1
(6)
(7)
(1)
Equity contracts
(28)
5
(1)
1
(23)
4
Commodity contracts
(10)
(14)
30
6
8
 
(176)
(28)
37
(6)
1
(172)
 
1
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value
through profit or loss
 
(24)
(37)
(79)
66
(74)
 
(37)
 
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2023
in income
2
in OCI
4
Issuances
 
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2024
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
67
$
$
$
$
(67)
$
$
$
$
Other debt securities
65
1
90
(85)
7
(49)
29
(2)
Equity securities
10
(1)
2
(2)
9
 
 
142
92
(154)
7
(49)
38
 
(2)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
980
62
124
(15)
(1)
1,150
62
980
62
124
(15)
(1)
1,150
62
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
27
(4)
3
(12)
14
Equity securities
 
2,377
(12)
128
(186)
2,307
(11)
 
$
2,404
$
$
(16)
$
131
$
(198)
$
$
$
2,321
$
(11)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(985)
$
10
$
$
(74)
$
118
$
$
21
$
(910)
$
2
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(126)
(41)
19
(148)
 
(23)
Foreign exchange contracts
(6)
1
1
(6)
3
(7)
(2)
Equity contracts
(21)
(1)
(1)
(1)
1
(23)
(1)
Commodity contracts
(1)
(4)
11
6
(5)
 
(154)
(45)
30
(7)
4
(172)
 
(31)
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value through profit
or loss
 
(22)
1
(133)
80
(74)
 
1
Includes foreign exchange.
2
 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement
 
of Income.
3
 
Other comprehensive income.
4
 
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at fair value through
 
other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Refer to Note 5 for further
details.
5
 
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.
6
 
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
7
 
Consists of derivative assets of $
20
 
million (January 31, 2024/February 1, 2024 – $
10
 
million; October 31, 2023/November 1, 2023 – $
22
 
million) and derivative liabilities of $
192
 
million
(January 31, 2024/February 1, 2024 – $
186
 
million; October 31, 2023/November 1, 2023 – $
176
 
million) which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 59
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
February 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2023
in income
2
in OCI
3
Issuances
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2023
still held
4
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Other debt securities
85
(3)
9
(44)
(25)
22
(27)
Equity securities
(4)
39
(5)
30
(2)
 
 
85
(7)
48
(49)
(25)
52
 
(29)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
927
40
79
(45)
1,001
21
927
40
79
(45)
1,001
21
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
63
(15)
21
(8)
61
Equity securities
 
3,240
(189)
1,269
(635)
3,685
(183)
 
$
3,303
$
$
(204)
$
1,290
$
(643)
$
$
$
3,746
$
(183)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
5
$
(486)
$
(17)
$
$
(89)
$
4
$
(6)
$
2
$
(592)
$
(14)
Derivatives
6
Interest rate contracts
 
(164)
(6)
1
(169)
5
Foreign exchange contracts
2
(1)
1
Equity contracts
(51)
14
26
(9)
(7)
(27)
16
Commodity contracts
5
11
(18)
(2)
(1)
 
(208)
18
26
(26)
(7)
(197)
20
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value
through profit or loss
 
(22)
20
(127)
80
(49)
(21)
 
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2022
in income
2
in OCI
3
Issuances
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2023
still held
4
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Other debt securities
49
6
23
(59)
35
(32)
22
(23)
Equity securities
 
(4)
39
(5)
30
(2)
 
 
49
2
62
(64)
35
(32)
52
 
(25)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
845
83
121
(48)
1,001
56
845
83
121
(48)
1,001
56
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
60
(8)
21
(12)
61
Equity securities
 
2,477
(211)
2,093
(674)
3,685
(205)
 
$
2,537
$
$
(219)
$
2,114
$
(686)
$
$
$
3,746
$
(205)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
5
$
(416)
$
(29)
$
$
(148)
$
8
$
(9)
$
2
$
(592)
$
(24)
Derivatives
6
Interest rate contracts
 
(156)
(30)
17
(169)
 
(5)
Foreign exchange contracts
4
(4)
1
1
(1)
Equity contracts
(59)
43
26
(7)
(2)
(28)
(27)
17
Commodity contracts
27
40
(69)
(2)
(4)
 
(184)
49
26
(59)
(2)
(27)
(197)
 
7
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value
through profit or loss
 
(44)
70
(187)
112
(49)
 
72
1
Includes foreign exchange.
2
 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
3
 
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI. Refer
 
to Note 5 for further details.
4
 
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.
5
 
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
6
 
Consists of derivative assets of $
20
 
million (January 31, 2023/ February 1, 2023 – $
31
 
million; October 31, 2022/November 1, 2022 – $
50
 
million) and derivative liabilities of $
217
 
million
(January 31, 2023/ February 1, 2023 – $
239
 
million; October 31, 2022/November 1, 2022 – $
234
 
million) which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 60
NOTE 5: SECURITIES
 
(a)
UNREALIZED SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES)
The following table summarizes the unrealized
 
gains and losses as at April 30, 2024
 
and October 31, 2023.
 
 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Securities
 
at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Cost/
Gross
Gross
Cost/
Gross
Gross
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
Government and government-related
securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
 
$
18,693
$
39
$
(125)
$
18,607
$
18,335
$
45
$
(170)
$
18,210
Provinces
20,540
95
(49)
20,586
19,953
105
(118)
19,940
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
 
 
 
 
 
agencies debt
 
15,791
30
(197)
15,624
11,260
17
(275)
11,002
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
1,698
2
(17)
1,683
1,521
1
(24)
1,498
Mortgage-backed securities
2,234
1
(24)
2,211
2,313
(36)
2,277
58,956
167
(412)
58,711
53,382
168
(623)
52,927
Other debt securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
3,473
1
(16)
3,458
4,146
(32)
4,114
Corporate and other debt
9,173
59
(57)
9,175
8,946
43
(99)
8,890
12,646
60
(73)
12,633
13,092
43
(131)
13,004
Total debt securities
71,602
227
(485)
71,344
66,474
211
(754)
65,931
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
Common shares
3,075
237
(88)
3,224
3,191
95
(116)
3,170
Preferred shares
620
20
(168)
472
566
1
(224)
343
3,695
257
(256)
3,696
3,757
96
(340)
3,513
Total securities at fair value through
 
 
 
 
 
 
other comprehensive income
$
75,297
$
484
$
(741)
$
75,040
$
70,231
$
307
$
(1,094)
$
69,444
1
Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the period-end spot rate.
(b)
EQUITY SECURITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
The Bank designated certain equity securities
 
at FVOCI.
The following table summarizes the fair
 
value of equity securities designated at
 
FVOCI as at
April 30, 2024 and October 31, 2023, and
 
dividend income recognized on these
 
securities for the three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2024 and April 30, 2023.
 
 
Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through
 
Other Comprehensive Income
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Fair value
 
Dividend income recognized
 
Dividend income recognized
 
Common shares
$
3,224
$
3,170
$
48
$
45
$
65
$
62
 
Preferred shares
472
343
38
33
77
64
Total
$
3,696
$
3,513
$
86
$
78
$
142
$
126
The Bank disposed of certain equity securities
 
in line with the Bank’s investment strategy
 
and disposed of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)
 
stocks in accordance
with FHLB member stockholding requirements,
 
as follows:
 
Equity Securities Net Realized Gains
 
(Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Equity Securities
Fair value
$
73
$
121
$
115
$
166
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
(1)
(5)
(1)
(8)
FHLB Stock
Fair value
4
637
163
637
 
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
(c)
DEBT SECURITIES NET REALIZED GAINS
 
(LOSSES)
The following table summarizes
 
the net realized gains and losses for the
 
three and six months ended April 30, 2024 and
 
April 30,
 
2023, which are included in
Other income (loss) on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
 
Debt Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Debt securities at amortized cost
$
(69)
$
(36)
$
(69)
$
(36)
Debt securities at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
3
15
9
14
Total
$
(66)
$
(21)
$
(60)
$
(22)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 61
(d)
CREDIT QUALITY OF DEBT SECURITIES
The Bank evaluates non-retail credit risk
 
on an individual borrower basis, using both
 
a borrower risk rating (BRR) and facility
 
risk rating, as detailed in the shaded
area of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2023
 
MD&A. This system is used to assess all non-retail
 
exposures, including debt securities.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal
 
risk rating for credit
risk management purposes, presenting
 
separately those debt securities that are
 
subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3
 
allowances. Refer to the “Allowance for
Credit Losses” table in Note 6 for details regarding
 
the allowance and provision for credit losses
 
on debt securities.
 
Debt Securities by Risk Rating
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Debt securities
1
Investment grade
$
364,534
$
$
n/a
2
$
364,534
$
373,317
$
$
n/a
$
373,317
Non-investment grade
259
62
n/a
321
519
n/a
519
Watch and classified
n/a
85
n/a
85
n/a
113
n/a
113
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total debt securities
364,793
147
364,940
373,836
113
373,949
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities
at amortized cost
2
2
2
2
Total debt securities, net of
 
allowance
$
364,791
$
147
$
$
364,938
$
373,834
$
113
$
$
373,947
1
Includes debt securities backed by government-guaranteed loans of $
142
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
104
 
million), which are reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating
based on the issuer’s credit risk.
2
 
Not applicable.
As at April 30, 2024, total debt securities, net
 
of allowance,
 
in the table above, include debt securities
 
measured at amortized cost, net of allowance,
 
of
$
293,594
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
308,016
 
million), and debt securities measured at FVOCI
 
of $
71,344
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
65,931
 
million). The
difference between probability-weighted ECLs
 
and base ECLs on debt securities at
 
FVOCI and at amortized cost as at both
 
April 30, 2024 and October 31, 2023,
was insignificant.
NOTE 6: LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
(a)
LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
The following table provides details regarding
 
the Bank’s loans and acceptances as at April
 
30, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
Loans and Acceptances
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Residential mortgages
$
326,032
$
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
221,197
217,554
Credit card
39,421
38,660
Business and government
349,019
326,528
 
935,669
903,083
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
4,183
17,569
Loans at FVOCI
 
(Note 4)
206
421
Total loans
 
and acceptances
940,058
921,073
Total allowance for loan losses
7,545
7,136
Total loans
 
and acceptances, net of allowance
$
932,513
$
913,937
Business and government loans (including
 
loans at FVOCI) and customers’ liability
 
under acceptances are grouped together
 
as reflected below for presentation in
the “Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings”
 
table.
 
Loans and Acceptances
 
– Business and Government
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Loans at amortized cost
$
349,019
$
326,528
Customers’ liability under acceptances
4,183
17,569
Loans at FVOCI
 
(Note 4)
206
421
Loans and acceptances
353,408
344,518
Allowance for loan losses
3,125
2,990
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
$
350,283
$
341,528
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 62
(b)
CREDIT QUALITY OF LOANS
In the retail portfolio, including individuals and
 
small businesses, the Bank manages exposures
 
on a pooled basis, using predictive credit
 
scoring techniques. For
non-retail exposures, each borrower is assigned
 
a BRR that reflects the probability of default
 
(PD)
 
of the borrower using proprietary industry
 
and sector specific
risk models and expert judgment. Refer to
 
the shaded areas of the “Managing Risk”
 
section of the 2023 MD&A for further
 
details, including the mapping of PD
ranges to risk levels for retail exposures
 
as well as the Bank’s 21-point BRR scale
 
to risk levels and external ratings for non-retail
 
exposures.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of loans,
 
acceptances and credit risk exposures
 
on loan commitments and financial guarantee
 
contracts
by internal risk ratings for credit risk management
 
purposes, presenting separately those that
 
are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage
 
3 allowances.
 
 
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Residential mortgages
1,2,3
Low Risk
$
228,023
$
769
$
n/a
$
228,792
$
225,596
$
46
$
n/a
$
225,642
Normal Risk
69,156
13,473
n/a
82,629
70,423
11,324
n/a
81,747
Medium Risk
382
10,446
n/a
10,828
110
9,581
n/a
9,691
High Risk
4
3,096
308
3,408
10
2,573
325
2,908
Default
n/a
n/a
375
375
n/a
n/a
353
353
Total loans
297,565
27,784
683
326,032
296,139
23,524
678
320,341
Allowance for loan losses
129
214
60
403
154
192
57
403
Loans, net of allowance
297,436
27,570
623
325,629
295,985
23,332
621
319,938
Consumer instalment and other personal
4
 
 
Low Risk
98,382
2,637
n/a
101,019
100,102
2,278
n/a
102,380
Normal Risk
61,842
12,648
n/a
74,490
60,613
13,410
n/a
74,023
Medium Risk
26,283
6,376
n/a
32,659
24,705
5,816
n/a
30,521
High Risk
4,607
7,533
365
12,505
4,122
5,700
323
10,145
Default
n/a
n/a
524
524
n/a
n/a
485
485
Total loans
191,114
29,194
889
221,197
189,542
27,204
808
217,554
Allowance for loan losses
658
1,091
238
1,987
653
959
197
1,809
Loans, net of allowance
190,456
28,103
651
219,210
188,889
26,245
611
215,745
Credit card
 
 
 
Low Risk
6,320
16
n/a
6,336
6,499
12
n/a
6,511
Normal Risk
11,126
182
n/a
11,308
11,171
134
n/a
11,305
Medium Risk
12,736
1,126
n/a
13,862
12,311
1,163
n/a
13,474
High Risk
2,767
4,605
427
7,799
2,567
4,289
401
7,257
Default
n/a
n/a
116
116
n/a
n/a
113
113
Total loans
32,949
5,929
543
39,421
32,548
5,598
514
38,660
Allowance for loan losses
667
979
384
2,030
709
913
312
1,934
Loans, net of allowance
32,282
4,950
159
37,391
31,839
4,685
202
36,726
Business and government
1,2,3,5
 
 
 
Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk
163,179
112
n/a
163,291
159,477
101
n/a
159,578
Non-investment grade or Medium Risk
162,642
10,685
n/a
173,327
161,651
10,278
n/a
171,929
Watch and classified or High Risk
698
14,312
69
15,079
604
11,017
75
11,696
Default
n/a
n/a
1,711
1,711
n/a
n/a
1,315
1,315
Total loans and acceptances
326,519
25,109
1,780
353,408
321,732
21,396
1,390
344,518
Allowance for loan and acceptances
 
losses
1,025
1,631
469
3,125
1,157
1,371
462
2,990
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
325,494
23,478
1,311
350,283
320,575
20,025
928
341,528
Total loans and acceptances
6
848,147
88,016
3,895
940,058
839,961
77,722
3,390
921,073
Total allowance for loan losses
6,7
2,479
3,915
1,151
7,545
2,673
3,435
1,028
7,136
Total loans and acceptances, net of
 
allowance
6
$
845,668
$
84,101
$
2,744
$
932,513
$
837,288
$
74,287
$
2,362
$
913,937
1
Includes impaired loans with a balance of $
192
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
271
 
million) which did not have a related allowance for loan losses as the realizable value of the collateral
exceeded the loan amount.
2
Excludes trading loans and non-trading loans at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) with a fair value of $
19
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
17
 
billion) and $
3
 
billion (October 31, 2023 –
$
3
 
billion), respectively.
3
Includes insured mortgages of $
73
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
74
 
billion).
4
 
Includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $
6
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
7
 
billion).
5
Includes loans guaranteed by government agencies of $
25
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
26
 
billion), which are primarily reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating based on
the borrowers’ credit risk.
6
 
Stage 3 includes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 – $
91
 
million) and a related allowance for loan losses of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 – $
6
 
million), which have
been included in the “Default”
 
risk rating category as they were impaired at acquisition.
7
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 –
nil
).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 63
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
(Continued)
 
– Off-Balance Sheet Credit Instruments
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Retail Exposures
2
 
 
 
Low Risk
$
256,848
$
1,397
$
n/a
$
258,245
$
254,231
$
1,093
$
n/a
$
255,324
Normal Risk
92,179
1,301
n/a
93,480
91,474
1,112
n/a
92,586
Medium Risk
19,866
1,235
n/a
21,101
19,774
1,079
n/a
20,853
High Risk
1,229
1,278
2,507
1,209
1,198
2,407
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Non-Retail Exposures
3
Investment grade
275,384
n/a
275,384
264,029
n/a
264,029
Non-investment grade
97,750
5,328
n/a
103,078
98,068
4,396
n/a
102,464
Watch and classified
305
4,533
4,838
218
4,158
4,376
Default
n/a
n/a
204
204
n/a
n/a
107
107
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments
743,561
15,072
204
758,837
729,003
13,036
107
742,146
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit
 
instruments
423
568
11
1,002
476
565
8
1,049
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments, net of allowance
$
743,138
$
14,504
$
193
$
757,835
$
728,527
$
12,471
$
99
$
741,097
1
Excludes mortgage commitments.
2
 
Includes $
373
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
369
 
billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s
 
discretion at any time.
3
 
Includes $
64
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
62
 
billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 64
(c)
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for credit losses as at and
 
for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024
 
and April 30,
 
2023,
including allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
 
in the applicable categories.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Foreign
Foreign
 
 
 
exchange,
 
 
 
 
exchange,
 
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
 
For the three months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Residential mortgages
$
410
$
(8)
$
(1)
$
2
$
403
$
330
$
4
$
(3)
$
3
$
334
Consumer instalment and other
personal
1,979
361
(288)
20
2,072
1,753
183
(181)
11
1,766
Credit card
2,577
423
(403)
47
2,644
2,407
327
(283)
29
2,480
Business and government
3,299
296
(207)
40
3,428
2,987
86
(57)
48
3,064
Total allowance for loan losses,
including off-balance sheet
instruments
8,265
1,072
(899)
109
8,547
7,477
600
(524)
91
7,644
Debt securities at amortized cost
2
2
1
1
2
Debt securities at FVOCI
1
(1)
1
1
1
(1)
1
1
Total allowance for credit
losses on debt securities
3
(1)
1
3
2
(1)
2
3
Total allowance for credit losses
$
8,268
$
1,071
$
(899)
$
110
$
8,550
$
7,479
$
599
$
(524)
$
93
$
7,647
Comprising:
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at amortized cost
$
7,265
 
 
 
$
7,545
$
6,492
 
 
 
$
6,644
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at FVOCI
Allowance for loan losses
7,265
7,545
6,492
6,644
Allowance for off-balance sheet
instruments
1,000
1,002
985
1,000
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on
 
debt securities
3
3
2
3
 
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Residential mortgages
$
403
$
$
(3)
$
3
$
403
$
323
$
16
$
(4)
$
(1)
$
334
Consumer instalment and other
personal
1,895
743
(563)
(3)
2,072
1,704
445
(377)
(6)
1,766
Credit card
2,577
853
(772)
(14)
2,644
2,352
664
(528)
(8)
2,480
Business and government
3,310
477
(320)
(39)
3,428
2,984
165
(88)
3
3,064
Total allowance for loan losses,
including off-balance sheet
instruments
8,185
2,073
(1,658)
(53)
8,547
7,363
1,290
(997)
(12)
7,644
Debt securities at amortized cost
2
2
1
1
2
Debt securities at FVOCI
2
(1)
1
2
(1)
1
Total allowance for credit
losses on debt securities
4
(1)
3
3
(1)
1
3
Total allowance for credit losses
$
8,189
$
2,072
$
(1,658)
$
(53)
$
8,550
$
7,366
$
1,289
$
(997)
$
(11)
$
7,647
Comprising:
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at amortized cost
$
7,136
 
 
 
$
7,545
$
6,432
 
 
 
$
6,644
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at FVOCI
Allowance for loan losses
7,136
7,545
6,432
6,644
Allowance for off-balance sheet
 
instruments
1,049
1,002
931
1,000
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on
 
debt securities
4
3
3
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 65
(d)
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY STAGE
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage as
 
at and for the three months ended April 30,
 
2024 and April 30, 2023.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Residential Mortgages
Balance at beginning of period
$
137
$
212
$
61
$
410
$
129
$
150
$
51
$
330
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
32
(32)
21
(21)
Transfer to Stage 2
(7)
13
(6)
(8)
12
(4)
Transfer to Stage 3
(8)
8
(1)
(3)
4
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(8)
6
(2)
(4)
5
1
New originations or purchases
4
7
n/a
n/a
7
8
n/a
n/a
8
Net repayments
5
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(1)
(7)
(19)
(27)
(1)
(4)
(3)
(8)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(31)
29
17
15
(28)
30
3
5
Disposals
Write-offs
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
Recoveries
1
1
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
Balance at end of period
$
129
$
214
$
60
$
403
$
116
$
169
$
49
$
334
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
664
$
1,090
$
225
$
1,979
$
675
$
916
$
162
$
1,753
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
142
(141)
(1)
136
(135)
(1)
Transfer to Stage 2
(58)
81
(23)
(48)
67
(19)
Transfer to Stage 3
(3)
(62)
65
(2)
(49)
51
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(63)
71
2
10
(48)
49
3
4
New originations or purchases
4
87
n/a
n/a
87
99
n/a
n/a
99
Net repayments
5
(18)
(24)
(4)
(46)
(1)
(26)
(3)
(30)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(16)
(26)
(16)
(58)
(17)
(23)
(8)
(48)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(55)
148
275
368
(124)
117
165
158
Disposals
Write-offs
(370)
(370)
(254)
(254)
Recoveries
82
82
73
73
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
8
9
3
20
5
5
1
11
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
688
1,146
238
2,072
675
921
170
1,766
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
30
55
85
37
51
88
Balance at end of period
$
658
$
1,091
$
238
$
1,987
$
638
$
870
$
170
$
1,678
Credit Card
9
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
880
$
1,325
$
372
$
2,577
$
956
$
1,198
$
253
$
2,407
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
263
(255)
(8)
270
(264)
(6)
Transfer to Stage 2
(81)
101
(20)
(76)
90
(14)
Transfer to Stage 3
(5)
(239)
244
(5)
(179)
184
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(118)
121
6
9
(127)
121
5
(1)
New originations or purchases
4
40
n/a
n/a
40
46
n/a
n/a
46
Net repayments
5
(8)
1
18
11
34
(6)
15
43
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(10)
(18)
(88)
(116)
(10)
(23)
(65)
(98)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(61)
286
254
479
(135)
284
188
337
Disposals
Write-offs
(486)
(486)
(357)
(357)
Recoveries
83
83
74
74
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
15
23
9
47
11
14
4
29
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
915
1,345
384
2,644
964
1,235
281
2,480
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
248
366
614
278
361
639
Balance at end of period
$
667
$
979
$
384
$
2,030
$
686
$
874
$
281
$
1,841
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
 
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
 
3
 
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2
 
or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as
described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the
change in ECLs constant.
 
4
 
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
5
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments
 
on loans outstanding.
 
6
 
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease
 
associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
7
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g.,
 
PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters,
 
and/or models,
subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward-Looking Information
 
 
and “Expert Credit Judgment”
 
sections of Note 2 and Note 3 of the
Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
8
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
9
 
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off
 
at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 66
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Business and Government
2
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
1,139
$
1,631
$
529
$
3,299
$
1,265
$
1,356
$
366
$
2,987
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
3
52
(52)
122
(122)
Transfer to Stage 2
(166)
170
(4)
(124)
127
(3)
Transfer to Stage 3
(2)
(80)
82
(4)
(18)
22
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(18)
51
1
34
(36)
27
(9)
New originations or purchases
3
297
n/a
n/a
297
265
n/a
n/a
265
Net repayments
3
9
(11)
(3)
(5)
28
(18)
(19)
(9)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
3
(161)
(155)
(100)
(416)
(163)
(121)
(106)
(390)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
3
2
194
190
386
(125)
192
162
229
Disposals
Write-offs
(222)
(222)
(65)
(65)
Recoveries
15
15
8
8
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
18
30
(8)
40
33
18
(3)
48
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
1,170
1,778
480
3,428
1,261
1,441
362
3,064
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
4
145
147
11
303
150
120
3
273
Balance at end of period
1,025
1,631
469
3,125
1,111
1,321
359
2,791
Total Allowance, including
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments, at end of period
2,902
4,483
1,162
8,547
3,016
3,766
862
7,644
Less: Total Allowance for
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments
4
423
568
11
1,002
465
532
3
1,000
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
 
at end of period
$
2,479
$
3,915
$
1,151
$
7,545
$
2,551
$
3,234
$
859
$
6,644
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.
3
 
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous
 
page in this Note.
4
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 67
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage as
 
at and for the six months ended April 30,
 
2024 and April 30, 2023.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Residential Mortgages
Balance at beginning of period
$
154
$
192
$
57
$
403
$
127
$
140
$
56
$
323
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
68
(65)
(3)
56
(55)
(1)
Transfer to Stage 2
(17)
28
(11)
(14)
23
(9)
Transfer to Stage 3
(17)
17
(1)
(8)
9
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(14)
13
(1)
(11)
11
New originations or purchases
4
15
n/a
n/a
15
16
n/a
n/a
16
Net repayments
5
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(4)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(3)
(12)
(23)
(38)
(2)
(8)
(6)
(16)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(71)
74
23
26
(52)
68
4
20
Disposals
Write-offs
(4)
(4)
(5)
(5)
Recoveries
1
1
1
1
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(1)
1
3
3
(1)
(1)
Balance at end of period
$
129
$
214
$
60
$
403
$
116
$
169
$
49
$
334
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
688
$
1,010
$
197
$
1,895
$
654
$
896
$
154
$
1,704
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
273
(271)
(2)
306
(303)
(3)
Transfer to Stage 2
(130)
172
(42)
(100)
137
(37)
Transfer to Stage 3
(6)
(122)
128
(4)
(95)
99
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(117)
157
4
44
(101)
103
5
7
New originations or purchases
4
176
n/a
n/a
176
198
n/a
n/a
198
Net repayments
5
(36)
(45)
(7)
(88)
(23)
(44)
(6)
(73)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(33)
(46)
(26)
(105)
(35)
(47)
(17)
(99)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(126)
294
548
716
(218)
277
353
412
Disposals
Write-offs
(717)
(717)
(520)
(520)
Recoveries
154
154
143
143
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(1)
(3)
1
(3)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(6)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
688
1,146
238
2,072
675
921
170
1,766
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
30
55
85
37
51
88
Balance at end of period
$
658
$
1,091
$
238
$
1,987
$
638
$
870
$
170
$
1,678
Credit Card
9
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
988
$
1,277
$
312
$
2,577
$
954
$
1,191
$
207
$
2,352
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
509
(494)
(15)
569
(558)
(11)
Transfer to Stage 2
(176)
212
(36)
(162)
188
(26)
Transfer to Stage 3
(11)
(462)
473
(10)
(343)
353
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(226)
260
13
47
(266)
248
10
(8)
New originations or purchases
4
79
n/a
n/a
79
97
n/a
n/a
97
Net repayments
5
14
6
35
55
62
1
28
91
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(20)
(34)
(172)
(226)
(22)
(41)
(111)
(174)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(236)
586
548
898
(255)
554
359
658
Disposals
Write-offs
(930)
(930)
(671)
(671)
Recoveries
158
158
143
143
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(6)
(6)
(2)
(14)
(3)
(5)
(8)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
915
1,345
384
2,644
964
1,235
281
2,480
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
248
366
614
278
361
639
Balance at end of period
$
667
$
979
$
384
$
2,030
$
686
$
874
$
281
$
1,841
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
 
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
 
3
 
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2
 
or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as
described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the
change in ECLs constant.
 
4
 
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
5
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments
 
on loans outstanding.
 
6
 
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease
 
associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
7
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g.,
 
PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters,
 
and/or models,
subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward-Looking Information
 
 
and “Expert Credit Judgment”
 
sections of Note 2 and Note 3 of the
Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
8
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
9
 
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off
 
at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 68
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Business and Government
2
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
1,319
$
1,521
$
470
$
3,310
$
1,220
$
1,417
$
347
$
2,984
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
3
114
(114)
222
(220)
(2)
Transfer to Stage 2
(283)
290
(7)
(283)
289
(6)
Transfer to Stage 3
(16)
(135)
151
(9)
(39)
48
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(39)
93
5
59
(64)
51
(13)
New originations or purchases
3
568
n/a
n/a
568
597
n/a
n/a
597
Net repayments
3
17
(19)
(29)
(31)
32
(39)
(43)
(50)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
3
(333)
(254)
(145)
(732)
(351)
(272)
(239)
(862)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
3
(160)
396
377
613
(116)
256
353
493
Disposals
Write-offs
(346)
(346)
(108)
(108)
Recoveries
26
26
20
20
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(17)
(22)
(39)
13
(2)
(8)
3
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
1,170
1,778
480
3,428
1,261
1,441
362
3,064
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
4
145
147
11
303
150
120
3
273
Balance at end of period
1,025
1,631
469
3,125
1,111
1,321
359
2,791
Total Allowance, including
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments, at end of period
2,902
4,483
1,162
8,547
3,016
3,766
862
7,644
Less: Total Allowance for
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments
4
423
568
11
1,002
465
532
3
1,000
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
 
at end of period
$
2,479
$
3,915
$
1,151
$
7,545
$
2,551
$
3,234
$
859
$
6,644
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.
3
 
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous
 
page in this Note.
4
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The allowance for credit losses on all remaining
 
financial assets is not significant.
(e)
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated
 
in risk parameters as appropriate. Additional
 
risk factors that are industry or segment
 
specific are also
incorporated, where relevant. The key macroeconomic
 
variables used in determining ECLs include
 
regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures
 
and
regional housing price indices for residential
 
mortgages and home equity lines of credit.
 
For business and government loans, the key
 
macroeconomic variables
include gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment
 
rates, interest rates, and credit spreads.
 
Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion of how forward-looking
 
information is generated and considered
 
in determining whether there has been
 
a significant increase in credit
risk and in measuring ECLs.
Macroeconomic Variables
Select macroeconomic variables are projected
 
over the forecast period. The following
 
table sets out average values of the macroeconomic
 
variables over the four
calendar quarters starting with the current
 
quarter, and the remaining 4-year forecast period for the base
 
forecast and upside and downside scenarios
 
used in
determining the Bank’s ECLs as at April 30, 2024.
 
As the forecast period increases, information
 
about the future becomes less readily
 
available and projections
are anchored on assumptions around structural
 
relationships between economic parameters
 
that are inherently much less certain. Restrictive
 
monetary policy is
contributing to elevated economic uncertainty, particularly in Canada
 
where household debt levels remain elevated,
 
and is likely to continue to weigh on near-term
economic growth and lead to a modest increase
 
in the unemployment rate.
Macroeconomic Variables
As at
April 30, 2024
Base Forecast
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Q2 2024-
4-year
Q2 2024-
4-year
Q2 2024-
4-year
Q1 2025
1
period
1
Q1 2025
1
period
1
Q1 2025
1
period
1
 
Unemployment rate
Canada
6.5
%
6.1
%
5.8
%
5.8
%
7.3
 
%
7.3
%
United States
4.1
4.0
3.8
3.9
5.1
 
5.3
Real GDP
Canada
1.1
1.9
1.5
1.9
(0.8)
2.2
United States
2.0
1.9
2.6
1.9
2.2
Home prices
Canada (average existing price)
2
1.5
2.9
1.9
2.9
(9.6)
3.2
United States (CoreLogic HPI)
3
3.0
2.7
3.5
2.8
(8.2)
4.0
Central bank policy interest rate
Canada
4.25
2.31
4.88
2.44
3.50
1.78
United States
4.94
2.84
5.38
2.94
4.00
2.28
U.S. 10-year treasury yield
3.86
3.21
4.20
3.32
3.67
3.17
U.S. 10-year BBB spread (%-pts)
1.70
1.81
1.49
1.74
2.40
2.09
Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)
$
0.74
$
0.80
$
0.77
$
0.81
$
0.71
$
0.74
1
The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods, and average of year-on-year growth for real GDP and home prices.
2
The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service; data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association.
3
The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home’s sales price over time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 69
(f)
 
SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
ECLs are sensitive to the inputs used in internally
 
developed models, the macroeconomic
 
variables in the forward-looking forecasts
 
and respective probability
weightings in determining the probability-weighted
 
ECLs, and other factors considered when
 
applying expert credit judgment. Changes
 
in these inputs,
assumptions, models, and judgments would
 
affect the assessment of significant increase
 
in credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.
The following table presents the base ECL
 
scenario compared to the probability-weighted
 
ECLs, with the latter derived from
 
three ECL scenarios for performing
loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The difference
 
reflects the impact of deriving multiple
 
scenarios around the base ECLs and resultant
 
change in ECLs due
to non-linearity and sensitivity to using
 
macroeconomic forecasts.
 
 
Change from Base to Probability-Weighted
 
ECLs
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,385
$
7,149
Base ECLs
6,849
6,658
Difference – in amount
$
536
$
491
Difference – in percentage
7.8
%
7.4
%
ECLs for performing loans and off-balance sheet
 
instruments consist of an aggregate amount
 
of Stage 1 and Stage 2 probability-weighted
 
ECLs which are twelve-
month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
 
2 ECLs result from a significant increase
 
in credit risk since initial recognition
 
of the
loan.
The following table shows the estimated
 
impact of staging on ECLs by presenting
 
all performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
calculated using
twelve-month ECLs compared to the current
 
aggregate probability-weighted ECLs, holding
 
all risk profiles constant.
 
 
Incremental Lifetime ECLs Impact
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,385
$
7,149
All performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
using 12-month ECLs
5,403
5,295
Incremental lifetime ECLs impact
$
1,982
$
1,854
(g)
 
FORECLOSED ASSETS
Foreclosed assets are repossessed non-financial
 
assets where the Bank gains title, ownership,
 
or possession of individual properties,
 
such as real estate
properties, which are managed for sale in an
 
orderly manner with the proceeds used
 
to reduce or repay any outstanding debt.
 
The Bank does not generally occupy
foreclosed properties for its business use.
 
The Bank predominantly relies on third-party
 
appraisals to determine the carrying value of
 
foreclosed assets.
 
Foreclosed
assets held for sale were $
76
 
million as at April 30, 2024 (October 31, 2023 – $
59
 
million) and were recorded in Other assets
 
on the Interim Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
(h)
 
LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED
A loan is classified as past due when a borrower
 
has failed to make a payment by the contractual
 
due date.
The following table summarizes loans that
 
are past
due but not impaired.
 
Loans less than 31 days contractually past
 
due are excluded as they do not generally
 
reflect a borrower’s ability to meet
 
their payment
obligations.
 
Loans Past Due but not Impaired
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
October 31, 2023
 
31-60
61-89
31-60
61-89
 
days
days
Total
days
days
Total
Residential mortgages
 
$
284
$
97
$
381
$
286
$
81
$
367
Consumer instalment and other personal
862
330
1,192
870
287
1,157
Credit card
337
245
582
359
242
601
Business and government
234
121
355
264
103
367
Total
 
$
1,717
$
793
$
2,510
$
1,779
$
713
$
2,492
1
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 70
NOTE 7: INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES
INVESTMENT IN THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
 
The Bank has significant influence over
 
The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”)
 
and the ability to participate in the financial
 
and operating policy-making
decisions of Schwab through a combination
 
of the Bank’s ownership, board representation
 
and the insured deposit account agreement
 
between the Bank and
Schwab. As such, the Bank accounts for its
 
investment in Schwab using the equity
 
method. The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available
 
to common
shareholders is reported with a one-month
 
lag. The Bank takes into account changes
 
in the one-month lag period that would
 
significantly affect the results.
As at April 30, 2024, the Bank’s reported investment
 
in Schwab was approximately
12.3
% (October 31, 2023 –
12.4
%), consisting of
9.8
% of the outstanding
voting common shares and the remainder
 
in non-voting common shares of Schwab
 
with an aggregate fair value of $
23
 
billion (US$
17
 
billion) (October 31, 2023 –
$
16
 
billion (US$
12
 
billion)) based on the closing price of US$
73.95
 
(October 31, 2023 – US$
52.04
) on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Bank and Schwab are party to a stockholder
 
agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”)
 
under which the Bank has the right
 
to designate two members of
Schwab’s Board of Directors and has representation
 
on two Board Committees, subject to
 
the Bank meeting certain conditions. The Bank’s designated
 
directors
currently are the Bank’s Group President and
 
Chief Executive Officer and the Bank’s former Chair
 
of the Board. Under the Stockholder Agreement,
 
the Bank is not
permitted to own more than
9.9
% voting common shares of Schwab,
 
and the Bank is subject to customary
 
standstill restrictions and subject to certain exceptions,
transfer restrictions.
 
The carrying value of the Bank’s investment in
 
Schwab of $
9.9
 
billion as at April 30, 2024 (October 31,
 
2023 – $
8.9
 
billion) represents the Bank’s share of
Schwab’s stockholders’ equity, adjusted for goodwill, other intangibles,
 
and cumulative translation adjustment.
 
The Bank’s share of net income from its investment
in Schwab of $
194
 
million and $
335
 
million during the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2024, respectively (three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2023 –
$
241
 
million and $
526
 
million, respectively), reflects net income
 
after adjustments for amortization of
 
certain intangibles net of tax.
 
The following tables represent the gross
 
amount of Schwab’s total assets, liabilities,
 
net revenues, net income available to common
 
stockholders, other
comprehensive income (loss), and comprehensive
 
income (loss).
 
Summarized Financial Information
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
March 31
September 30
2024
2023
Total assets
$
634,593
$
644,139
Total liabilities
577,180
592,923
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
March 31
March 31
March 31
March 31
2024
2023
2024
2023
Total net revenues
$
6,393
$
6,915
$
12,466
$
14,380
Total net income available to common stockholders
1,687
2,072
2,948
4,544
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
749
2,610
4,319
3,331
Total comprehensive income (loss)
 
2,436
 
4,682
 
7,267
 
7,875
Insured Deposit Account (“IDA”) Agreement
On November 25, 2019, the Bank and Schwab
 
signed an insured deposit account agreement
 
(the “2019 Schwab IDA Agreement”), with
 
an initial expiration date of
July 1, 2031. Under the 2019 Schwab IDA Agreement,
 
starting July 1, 2021, Schwab had the option
 
to reduce the deposits by up to US$
10
 
billion per year (subject
to certain limitations and adjustments),
 
with a floor of US$
50
 
billion. In addition, Schwab requested some
 
further operational flexibility to allow for
 
the sweep
deposit balances to fluctuate over time, under
 
certain conditions and subject to certain limitations.
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended insured deposit account
 
agreement (the “2023 Schwab IDA Agreement”
 
or the “Schwab IDA
Agreement”), which replaced the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement. Pursuant to the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, the Bank continues to make
 
sweep deposit
accounts available to clients of Schwab. Schwab
 
designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate obligation amounts
 
(FROA). Remaining deposits
over FROA are designated as floating-rate
 
obligations. In comparison to the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement
 
extends the initial
expiration date by three years to July 1, 2034
 
and provides for lower deposit balances
 
in its first six years, followed by higher balances
 
in the later years.
Specifically, until September 2025, the aggregate FROA will serve
 
as the floor. Thereafter, the floor will be set at US$
60
 
billion. In addition, Schwab has the option
to buy down up to $
6.8
 
billion (US$
5
 
billion) of FROA by paying the Bank certain
 
fees in accordance with the 2023 Schwab IDA
 
Agreement, subject to certain
limits. Refer to Note 27 of the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further details on the Schwab IDA Agreement.
During the first quarter of 2024, Schwab exercised
 
its option to buy down the remaining $
0.7
 
billion (US$
0.5
 
billion) of the US$
5
 
billion FROA buydown
allowance and paid $
32
 
million (US$
23
 
million) in termination fees to the Bank in accordance
 
with the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement. By the
 
end of the first quarter
of 2024, Schwab had completed its buy down
 
of the full US$
5
 
billion FROA buydown allowance and had paid
 
a total of $
337
 
million (US$
250
 
million) in termination
fees to the Bank. The fees were intended to
 
compensate the Bank for losses incurred
 
from discontinuing certain hedging relationships
 
and for lost revenues. The
net impact was recorded in net interest income.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 71
NOTE 8: SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTION
 
Acquisition of Cowen Inc.
On March 1, 2023, the Bank completed
 
the acquisition of Cowen Inc. (“Cowen”). The acquisition
 
advances the Wholesale Banking segment’s long-term
 
growth
strategy in the U.S. and adds complementary
 
products and services to the Bank’s existing
 
businesses. The results of the acquired
 
business have been
consolidated by the Bank from the closing date
 
and primarily reported in the Wholesale
 
Banking segment. Consideration included
 
$
1,500
 
million
(US$
1,100
 
million) in cash for
100
% of Cowen’s common shares outstanding, $
253
 
million (US$
186
 
million) for the settlement of Cowen’s Series A Preferred
Stock, and $
205
 
million (US$
151
 
million) related to the replacement of
 
share-based payment awards.
The acquisition was accounted for as a business
 
combination under the purchase method.
 
The acquisition contributed $
10,793
 
million (US$
7,928
 
million) of
assets and $
10,005
 
million (US$
7,351
 
million) of liabilities. The excess of accounting
 
consideration over the fair value of the
 
tangible net assets acquired was
allocated to intangible assets of $
298
 
million (US$
219
 
million) net of taxes, and goodwill of $
872
 
million (US$
641
 
million). Goodwill is not deductible
 
for tax
purposes.
The Bank plans to dispose of certain non-core
 
businesses that were acquired in connection
 
with the Cowen acquisition. These non-core businesses
 
are
disposal groups which meet the criteria
 
to be classified as held for sale and are measured
 
at the lower of their carrying amount and
 
fair value less costs to sell. The
assets and liabilities of these disposal groups
 
are recorded in Other assets and Other
 
liabilities, respectively, on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
During
the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
the Bank disposed of Cowen’s legacy prime brokerage
 
and outsourced trading business that
 
was classified as held for
sale. As at April 30, 2024, assets of $
736
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
1,958
 
million) and liabilities of $
320
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
1,291
 
million) were
classified as held for sale.
NOTE 9: OTHER ASSETS
 
Other Assets
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
2024
2023
Accounts receivable and other items
1
$
13,309
$
13,893
Accrued interest
5,580
5,504
Current income tax receivable
4,259
4,814
Defined benefit asset
 
936
 
1,254
Reinsurance contract assets
719
702
Prepaid expenses
2
1,607
1,462
Total
2
$
26,410
$
27,629
1
Includes assets related to disposal groups classified as held for sale in connection with the Cowen acquisition. Refer
 
to Note 8 for further details.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 72
NOTE 10: DEPOSITS
 
Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal, which primarily include
 
business and government
chequing accounts. Notice deposits are those for which the Bank can legally require notice prior to withdrawal,
 
which include both savings and chequing
accounts. Term
 
deposits are payable on a given date of maturity and are purchased by customers to earn interest over a fixed period, with terms ranging from
one day to ten years and generally include fixed term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates, senior debt, and similar
 
instruments. The aggregate amount
of term deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more as at April 30, 2024, was $
518
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
512
 
billion).
 
Deposits
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
By Type
By Country
2024
2023
Demand
Notice
Term
1
Canada
United States
International
Total
Total
Personal
$
16,583
$
475,841
$
136,559
$
331,478
$
297,505
$
$
628,983
$
626,596
Banks
11,986
397
20,080
20,385
11,222
856
32,463
31,225
Business and government
2
133,913
188,769
219,643
381,588
157,482
3,255
542,325
540,369
162,482
665,007
376,282
733,451
466,209
4,111
1,203,771
1,198,190
Trading
31,221
23,623
2,667
4,931
31,221
30,980
Designated at fair value through
profit or loss
3
187,885
49,127
70,510
68,248
187,885
191,988
Total
$
162,482
$
665,007
$
595,388
$
806,201
$
539,386
$
77,290
$
1,422,877
$
1,421,158
Non-interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
$
55,617
$
61,581
United States
72,766
76,376
International
23
Interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
750,584
712,283
United States
5
466,620
482,247
International
77,290
88,648
Total
2,6
$
1,422,877
$
1,421,158
1
Includes $
101.1
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
103.3
 
billion) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime. This regime provides
 
certain statutory powers to the
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into
 
common shares in the event that the Bank becomes non-viable.
2
Includes $
66.1
 
billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2023 – $
57.0
 
billion).
3
 
Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL on the Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes $
219.9
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
142.3
 
million) of loan commitments and financial
guarantees designated at FVTPL.
4
 
The geographical splits of the deposits are based on the point of origin of the deposits.
5
 
Includes $
9.6
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
13.9
 
billion) of U.S. federal funds deposited and $
11.0
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
9.0
 
billion) of deposits and advances with the FHLB.
6
 
Includes deposits of $
765.0
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
779.9
 
billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $
119.4
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
115.0
 
billion) denominated in other foreign
currencies.
NOTE 11: OTHER LIABILITIES
 
Other Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2024
2023
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and
 
other items
1,2
$
7,350
$
8,314
Accrued interest
4,867
4,421
Accrued salaries and employee benefits
4,166
4,993
Cheques and other items in transit
2
1,386
2,245
Current income tax payable
127
162
Deferred tax liabilities
213
204
Defined benefit liability
1,297
1,244
Lease liabilities
5,116
5,050
Liabilities related to structured entities
19,180
17,520
Provisions
 
(Note 19)
4,448
3,421
Total
2
$
48,150
$
47,574
1
Includes liabilities related to disposal groups classified as held for sale in connection with the Cowen acquisition.
 
Refer to Note 8 for further details.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
NOTE 12: SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES
 
Issues
On April 9, 2024, the Bank issued $
1.75
 
billion of non-viability contingent capital
 
(NVCC) medium-term notes constituting
 
subordinated indebtedness of the Bank
(the “Notes”), maturing on April 9, 2034.
 
The Notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of
5.177
% per annum (paid semi-annually) until
 
April 9, 2029, and at
Daily
Compounded Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average
 
plus
1.53
% thereafter (paid quarterly) until maturity
 
on April 9, 2034. With the prior approval
 
of OSFI, the
Bank may, at its option, redeem the Notes on or after April 9, 2029,
 
in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid
 
interest by giving not more than
60
 
nor less
than
10
 
days’ notice to holders.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 73
NOTE 13: EQUITY
 
The following table summarizes the changes
 
to the shares and other equity instruments
 
issued and outstanding,
 
and treasury instruments held as at and
 
for the
three and six months ended April 30, 2024 and
 
April 30, 2023.
 
 
Shares and Other Equity Instruments
 
Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Instruments
 
Held
(millions of shares or other equity instruments
and millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
 
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Number
Number
Number
Number
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
Common Shares
Balance as at beginning of period
1,772.8
$
25,318
1,830.0
$
25,094
1,791.4
$
25,434
1,821.7
$
24,363
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise
of stock options
0.4
24
0.7
45
1.0
66
1.1
71
Shares issued as a result of dividend
reinvestment plan
1.6
132
8.9
713
3.3
269
16.8
1,418
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(15.2)
(217)
(36.1)
(512)
Balance as at end of period – common shares
1,759.6
$
25,257
1,839.6
$
25,852
1,759.6
$
25,257
1,839.6
$
25,852
Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments
Preferred Shares – Class A
Balance as at beginning of period
143.6
$
5,200
159.6
$
5,600
143.6
$
5,200
159.6
$
5,600
Redemption of shares
1
(14.0)
(350)
(14.0)
(350)
Balance as at end of period
129.6
$
4,850
159.6
$
5,600
129.6
$
4,850
159.6
$
5,600
Other Equity Instruments
2
Balance
 
as at beginning and end of period
5.0
$
5,653
5.0
$
5,653
5.0
$
5,653
5.0
$
5,653
Balance as at end of period – preferred
 
shares
and other equity instruments
134.6
$
10,503
164.6
$
11,253
134.6
$
10,503
164.6
$
11,253
Treasury – common shares
3
Balance
 
as at beginning of period
0.7
$
(58)
1.1
$
(103)
0.7
$
(64)
1.0
$
(91)
Purchase of shares
 
26.7
(2,154)
26.5
(2,235)
64.2
(5,250)
46.9
(4,051)
Sale of shares
(27.1)
2,188
(26.5)
2,239
(64.6)
5,290
(46.8)
4,043
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– common shares
0.3
$
(24)
1.1
$
(99)
0.3
$
(24)
1.1
$
(99)
Treasury – preferred shares and
other equity instruments
3
Balance as at beginning of period
0.1
$
(27)
0.1
$
(9)
0.1
$
(65)
0.1
$
(7)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
 
1.5
(153)
1.0
(185)
3.2
(251)
2.0
(326)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
(1.5)
172
(1.0)
184
(3.2)
308
(2.0)
323
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– preferred shares and other equity
 
instruments
0.1
$
(8)
0.1
$
(10)
0.1
$
(8)
0.1
$
(10)
1
 
On April 30, 2024, the Bank redeemed all of its
14
 
million outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year
 
Rate Reset Class A First Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 22 (“Series 22 Preferred Shares”),
at a redemption price of $
25.00
 
per Series 22 Preferred Share, for a total redemption cost of $
350
 
million.
2
 
For Limited Recourse Capital Notes, the number of shares represents the number of notes issued.
3
 
When the Bank purchases its own equity instruments as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury
 
instruments and the cost of these instruments is recorded as a
reduction in equity.
DIVIDENDS
On May 22, 2024, the Board approved a dividend
 
in an amount of one dollar and two cents
 
($
1.02
) per fully paid common share in the
 
capital stock of the Bank for
the quarter ending July 31, 2024, payable on
 
and after July 31, 2024, to shareholders
 
of record at the close of business on July 10,
 
2024.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a dividend reinvestment plan
 
for its common shareholders. Participation in
 
the plan is optional and under the terms of the
 
plan, cash dividends on
common shares are used to purchase additional
 
common shares. At the option of the Bank,
 
the common shares may be issued from treasury
 
at an average
market price based on the last five trading
 
days before the date of the dividend payment,
 
with a discount of between
0
% to
5
% at the Bank’s discretion or
purchased from the open market at market
 
price.
 
During the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024, the Bank issued
1.6
 
million and
3.3
 
million common shares, respectively, from treasury with no discount.
During the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2023, the Bank issued
8.9
 
million and
16.8
 
million common shares, respectively, from treasury with a
2
% discount.
 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On August 28, 2023,
 
the Bank
 
announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI approved a normal
 
course issuer bid (NCIB) to repurchase
 
for cancellation
up to
90
 
million of its common shares. The NCIB commenced
 
on August 31, 2023, and during the
 
three months ended April 30, 2024, the Bank
 
repurchased
15.2
 
million common shares under the NCIB, at
 
an average price of $
80.10
 
per share for a total amount of $
1.2
 
billion. During the six months ended April
 
30, 2024,
the Bank repurchased
36.1
 
million common shares under the NCIB, at an
 
average price of $
81.43
 
per share for a total amount of $
2.9
 
billion. From the
commencement of the NCIB to April
 
30, 2024, the Bank repurchased
58
 
million shares under the program.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 74
NOTE 14: INSURANCE
 
(a)
INSURANCE SERVICE RESULT
Insurance revenue and expenses are presented
 
on the Interim Consolidated Statement
 
of Income under Insurance revenue and Insurance
 
service expenses,
respectively. Net income or expense from reinsurance is presented
 
in other income (loss).
The following table presents components of the
 
insurance service result
presented on the Interim Consolidated Statement
 
of Income for the Bank which includes
 
the results of property and casualty insurance,
 
life and health insurance,
as well as reinsurance issued and held in
 
Canada and internationally.
 
Insurance Service Result
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Insurance revenue
$
1,665
$
1,514
$
3,341
$
3,056
Insurance service expenses
1,248
1,118
2,614
2,282
Insurance service result before reinsurance
 
contracts held
 
417
396
 
727
774
Net income (expense) from reinsurance
 
contracts held
(31)
(38)
(19)
(84)
Insurance service result
$
386
$
358
$
708
$
690
For the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2024, the Bank recognized insurance
 
finance expenses of $
58
 
million and $
180
 
million, respectively (three and six
months ended April 30, 2023 – $
59
 
million and $
184
 
million, respectively), from insurance and
 
reinsurance contracts in other income
 
(loss). The Bank’s investment
return on securities supporting insurance
 
contracts is comprised of interest income reported
 
in net interest income and fair value changes
 
reported in other income
(loss). Investment return on securities supporting
 
insurance contracts was $
35
 
million and $
163
 
million, respectively, for the three and six months ended
April 30, 2024 (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2023 – $
56
 
million and $
206
 
million, respectively).
(b)
INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES
 
Insurance contract liabilities are comprised
 
of amounts related to the LRC, LIC and
 
other insurance liabilities.
 
The following table presents LRC and LIC balances
 
for property and casualty insurance contracts.
 
 
Property and casualty insurance contract liabilities by
 
LRC and LIC
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Liability for
Liability for
Liability for
Liability for
remaining coverage
incurred claims
Total
remaining coverage
incurred claims
Total
Estimates
Estimates
of the
of the
 
 
present
 
 
 
present
 
Excluding
value of
Excluding
value of
loss
Loss
future
Risk
loss
Loss
future
Risk
component
component
cash flows
adjustment
component
component
cash flows
adjustment
Balance at beginning of period
Insurance contract liabilities
$
630
$
129
$
4,740
$
220
$
5,719
$
623
$
113
$
4,700
$
208
$
5,644
Balance at end of period
Insurance contract liabilities
$
630
$
119
$
4,723
$
220
$
5,692
$
551
$
130
$
4,608
$
206
$
5,495
For property and casualty contracts,
 
during the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2024, the Bank recognized insurance
 
revenue of $
1,305
 
million and
$
2,631
 
million, respectively (three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2023 – $
1,170
 
million and $
2,358
 
million, respectively), insurance service expenses
 
of
$
1,033
 
million and $
2,204
 
million, respectively (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2023 – $
925
 
million and $
1,903
 
million, respectively), and insurance finance
expenses of $
77
 
million and $
198
 
million, respectively (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2023 – $
79
 
million and $
200
 
million, respectively).
Other insurance liabilities were $
132
 
million as at April 30, 2024 (October 31, 2023 –
 
$
127
 
million) and include life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities of
$
112
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
124
 
million).
 
(c)
RISK ADJUSTMENT FOR NON-FINANCIAL
 
RISK AND DISCOUNTING
The risk adjustment reflects an amount that
 
an insurer would rationally pay to remove
 
the uncertainty that future cash flows
 
will exceed the expected value amount.
The Bank has estimated the risk adjustment
 
for its property and casualty operations’
 
LIC using statistical techniques in accordance
 
with Canadian accepted
actuarial principles to develop potential future observations
 
and a confidence level of 90th percentile.
Insurance contract liabilities are calculated
 
by discounting expected future cash flows.
 
The interest rates used to discount the Bank’s
 
insurance balances over a
duration of
1
 
to
10 years
 
range from
5.3
% to
4.9
% as at April 30, 2024 (October 31, 2023 –
5.7
% to
5.5
%).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 75
NOTE 15: SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
For the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2024, the Bank recognized compensation
 
expense for stock option awards of $
10.4
 
million and $
20.5
 
million,
respectively (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2023 – $
9.6
 
million and $
22.2
 
million, respectively). During the three months
 
ended April 30, 2024 and
April 30, 2023,
nil
 
stock options were granted by the Bank.
 
During the six months ended April 30, 2024,
2.5
 
million (six months ended April 30, 2023 –
2.5
 
million)
stock options were granted by the Bank at
 
a weighted-average fair value of $
14.36
 
per option (April 30, 2023 – $
14.70
 
per option).
The following table summarizes the assumptions
 
used for estimating the fair value of options
 
for the six months ended April 30, 2024 and
 
April 30, 2023.
Assumptions Used for Estimating the
 
Fair Value of Options
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
Risk-free interest rate
3.41
%
2.87
%
Option contractual life
10 years
10 years
Expected volatility
18.92
%
18.43
%
Expected dividend yield
3.78
%
3.69
%
Exercise price/share price
$
81.78
$
90.55
The risk-free interest rate is based on Government
 
of Canada benchmark bond yields as
 
at the grant date. Expected volatility is
 
calculated based on the historical
average daily volatility and expected dividend
 
yield is based on dividend payouts in the last
 
fiscal year. These assumptions are measured over a period
corresponding to the option contractual life.
NOTE 16: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s principal pension and non-pension
 
post-retirement defined benefit plans
 
and the Bank’s other material
defined benefit pension plans, for the
 
three and six months ended April 30, 2024 and
 
April 30, 2023. Other employee defined
 
benefit plans operated by the Bank
and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered
 
material for disclosure purposes.
 
Defined Benefit Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
 
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
1
For the three months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Service cost – benefits earned
$
54
$
62
$
1
$
1
$
4
$
4
Net interest cost (income) on net defined
 
benefit liability (asset)
(21)
(25)
5
5
6
5
Interest cost on asset limitation and minimum
 
funding
requirement
3
5
1
1
Past service cost
2
35
Defined benefit administrative expenses
2
3
1
2
Total
$
73
$
45
$
6
$
6
$
12
$
12
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Service cost – benefits earned
$
108
$
124
$
2
$
2
$
8
$
8
Net interest cost (income) on net defined
 
benefit liability (asset)
(41)
(50)
10
10
12
11
Interest cost on asset limitation and minimum
 
funding
requirement
6
10
2
2
Past service cost
2
35
Defined benefit administrative expenses
4
5
2
3
Total
$
112
$
89
$
12
$
12
$
24
$
24
1
Includes Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension
 
plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and supplemental executive defined benefit pension plans.
2
 
Relates to the Pension Fund Society that was modified during the quarter.
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s defined contribution plans for the three
 
and six months ended April 30, 2024 and
 
April 30, 2023.
 
 
Defined Contribution Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
Defined contribution pension plans
1
$
73
$
62
$
158
$
126
Government pension plans
2
132
121
329
294
Total
$
205
$
183
$
487
$
420
1
Includes defined contribution portion of the TD Pension Plan (Canada) and TD Bank, N.A. defined contribution 401(k)
 
plan.
2
 
Includes Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, and Social Security under the U.S.
Federal Insurance Contributions Act
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 76
The following table summarizes the remeasurements
 
recognized in OCI for the Bank’s principal pension
 
and post-retirement defined benefit plans and
 
certain of
the Bank’s other material defined benefit pension
 
plans, for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2024 and April
 
30, 2023.
 
Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive
 
Income for Remeasurement of Defined
 
Benefit Plans
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
For the three months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – financial
$
439
$
(147)
$
13
$
(3)
$
18
$
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – return on plan
 
assets less
interest income
(524)
38
Change in asset limitation and minimum
 
funding requirement
24
63
Total
$
(61)
$
(46)
$
13
$
(3)
$
18
$
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – financial
$
(685)
$
(529)
$
(23)
$
(27)
$
(25)
$
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – return on plan
 
assets less
interest income
276
424
Change in asset limitation and minimum
 
funding requirement
200
179
Total
$
(209)
$
74
$
(23)
$
(27)
$
(25)
$
1
 
Excludes the Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit
 
pension plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and other employee defined benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries not considered
 
material for disclosure purposes as these plans are not remeasured on
a quarterly basis.
 
2
 
Changes in discount rates and return on plan assets are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. All other assumptions
 
are updated annually.
3
 
Amounts are presented on a pre-tax basis.
NOTE 17: INCOME TAXES
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax
The OECD published Pillar Two model rules as part of its
 
efforts toward international tax reform. The
 
Pillar Two model rules provide for the implementation of a
15% global minimum tax for large multinational
 
enterprises, which is to be applied on a
 
jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Pillar
 
Two legislation has been enacted or
substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions
 
in which the Bank operates. On May 2, 2024,
 
the Government of Canada introduced Bill
 
C-69, which includes the
Global Minimum Tax Act
 
addressing the Pillar Two model rules. The rules will
 
be effective for the Bank in Canada and other jurisdictions
 
for the fiscal year
beginning on November 1, 2024. The Bank
 
is assessing its potential exposure
 
to Pillar Two income taxes.
Other Tax Matters
The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu
 
Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta
 
Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend and
interest deductions claimed by the Bank.
 
During the quarter, the RQA reassessed the Bank for $
1
 
million of additional tax and interest in respect
 
of its 2018
taxation year. As at April 30, 2024, the CRA has reassessed
 
the Bank for $
1,661
 
million for the years 2011 to 2018, the RQA has reassessed the
 
Bank for
$
52
 
million for the years 2011 to 2018, and the ATRA has reassessed the Bank for $
71
 
million for the years 2011 to 2018. In total, the Bank has been reassessed
for $
1,784
 
million of income tax and interest. The Bank
 
expects to continue to be reassessed for open
 
years. The Bank is of the view that its tax filing
 
positions
were appropriate and filed a Notice of Appeal
 
with the Tax Court of Canada on March 21, 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 77
NOTE 18: EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by
 
dividing net income attributable to common
 
shareholders by the weighted-average number
 
of common shares
outstanding for the period.
 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using
 
the same method as basic earnings per
 
share except that certain adjustments are
 
made to net income
attributable to common shareholders and
 
the weighted-average number of shares outstanding
 
for the effects of all dilutive potential common
 
shares that are
assumed to be issued by the Bank.
 
The following table presents the Bank’s basic and
 
diluted earnings per share for the three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2024 and April 30,
 
2023.
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
Basic earnings per share
Net income attributable to common shareholders
$
2,374
$
3,096
$
5,124
$
4,594
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,762.8
1,828.3
1,769.8
1,824.4
Basic earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
$
1.35
$
1.69
$
2.90
$
2.52
Diluted earnings per share
Net income attributable to common shareholders
 
$
2,374
$
3,096
$
5,124
$
4,594
Net income available to common shareholders
 
including impact of dilutive securities
2,374
3,096
5,124
4,594
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,762.8
1,828.3
1,769.8
1,824.4
Effect of dilutive securities
Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)
2
1.3
2.0
1.4
2.2
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
– diluted (millions)
1,764.1
1,830.3
1,771.2
1,826.6
Diluted earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
2
$
1.35
$
1.69
$
2.89
$
2.52
1
Amounts for the three and six months ended April 30, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer
 
to Note 2 for details.
2
 
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2024, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average
 
options outstanding of
7.3
 
million and
6.7
 
million, respectively, with a
weighted-average exercise price of $
89.14
 
and $
89.93
, respectively, as the option price was greater than
 
the average market price of the Bank’s common shares. For the three and six
months ended April 30, 2023, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average options outstanding
 
of
4.9
 
million and
4.2
 
million, respectively, with a weighted-average
exercise price of $
92.89
 
and $
93.29
, respectively, as the option price was greater
 
than the average market price of the Bank’s common shares.
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 78
NOTE 19: PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT
 
LIABILITIES
 
Other than as described below, there have been no new
 
significant events or transactions except
 
as previously identified in Note 26 of
 
the Bank’s 2023 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)
 
RESTRUCTURING
The Bank continued to undertake certain
 
measures in the second quarter of 2024 to reduce
 
its cost base and achieve greater efficiency. In connection with these
measures, the Bank incurred $
165
 
million and $
456
 
million of restructuring charges during
 
the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2024, respectively. The
restructuring costs primarily relate to: (i)
 
employee severance and other personnel-related
 
costs recorded as provisions and (ii) real estate
 
optimization mainly
recorded as a reduction to buildings.
(b)
 
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Other than as described below, there have been no new
 
significant legal and regulatory matters,
 
and no significant developments to the
 
matters previously
identified in Note 26 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In the ordinary course
 
of business, the Bank and
 
its subsidiaries are involved
 
in various legal
 
and regulatory actions, including
 
but not limited to civil
 
claims and
lawsuits, regulatory examinations,
 
investigations, audits,
 
and requests for information
 
by governmental, regulatory and
 
self-regulatory agencies and law
enforcement authorities in various
 
jurisdictions, in respect of our businesses
 
and compliance programs. The
 
Bank establishes provisions
 
when it becomes
probable that the Bank
 
will incur a loss and
 
the amount can be
 
reliably estimated. The Bank
 
also estimates the aggregate
 
range of reasonably possible
 
losses
(RPL) in its legal and regulatory
 
actions (that is, those which
 
are neither probable nor
 
remote), in excess of provisions.
 
As at April 30, 2024, the
 
Bank’s RPL is
from
zero
 
to approximately $
1.31
 
billion (October 31, 2023
 
– from
zero
 
to approximately $
1.44
 
billion). The Bank’s provisions
 
and RPL represent the
 
Bank’s best
estimates based upon currently
 
available information for
 
actions for which estimates
 
can be made, but
 
there are a number of
 
factors that could cause
 
the Bank’s
provisions and/or RPL to be
 
significantly different from its actual
 
or RPL. For example,
 
the Bank’s estimates involve
 
significant judgment due to
 
the varying stages
of the proceedings, the
 
existence of multiple defendants
 
in many proceedings
 
whose share of liability
 
has yet to be
 
determined, the numerous
 
yet-unresolved
issues in many of the
 
proceedings, some of
 
which are beyond the Bank’s
 
control and/or involve novel legal
 
theories and interpretations, the attendant
 
uncertainty
of the various potential outcomes
 
of such proceedings, and the fact
 
that the underlying matters will change
 
from time to time. In addition,
 
some actions seek very
large or indeterminate damages.
The Bank has been responding to formal and
 
informal inquiries from regulatory authorities
 
and law enforcement concerning its
Bank Secrecy Act
/anti-money
laundering compliance program, both generally
 
and in connection with specific clients,
 
counterparties, or incidents in the U.S., including
 
in connection with an
investigation by the United States Department
 
of Justice. The Bank is cooperating
 
with such authorities and is pursuing efforts
 
to enhance its
Bank Secrecy
Act
/anti-money laundering compliance program.
 
In the second quarter, the Bank recorded an initial provision
 
of $
615
 
million (US$
450
 
million) in connection with
its discussions
 
with one of its U.S. regulators related to
 
this matter. The Bank’s regulatory and law enforcement
 
discussions with three U.S. regulators (including
the regulator
 
previously referenced) and the U.S.
 
Department of Justice are ongoing. The Bank
 
anticipates non-monetary penalties and
 
additional monetary
penalties. This provision does not reflect
 
the final aggregate amount of potential
 
monetary penalties or any non-monetary
 
penalties, which are unknown and not
reliably estimable at this time.
The Bank and certain of its subsidiaries have
 
reached a settlement in principle relating
 
to a civil matter, pursuant to which the Bank has recorded
 
a provision
of $
274
 
million in the quarter.
In management’s opinion, based on its
 
current knowledge and after
 
consultation with counsel, the
 
ultimate disposition of these
 
actions, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a
 
material adverse effect on the
 
consolidated financial condition
 
or the consolidated cash
 
flows of the Bank. However, because of
 
the
factors listed above, as well as
 
other uncertainties inherent in litigation
 
and regulatory matters, there is a
 
possibility that the ultimate
 
resolution of legal or
regulatory actions may be material to
 
the Bank’s consolidated results of operations for
 
any particular reporting period.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 79
NOTE 20: SEGMENTED INFORMATION
For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports
 
its results from business operations and
 
activities under four key business segments:
 
Canadian Personal
and Commercial Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth
 
Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
 
Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped
 
into the Corporate
segment.
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking provides financial products and services
 
to personal, small business and commercial
 
customers, and includes
TD Auto Finance Canada. U.S. Retail is
 
comprised of personal and business banking
 
in the U.S., TD Auto Finance U.S., the
 
U.S. wealth business,
 
as well as the
Bank’s equity investment in Schwab. Wealth Management
 
and Insurance includes the Canadian
 
wealth business which provides investment products
 
and services
to institutional and retail investors, and the insurance
 
business which provides property and
 
casualty insurance, as well as life and health
 
insurance products to
customers across Canada. Effective the first quarter
 
of 2024, certain asset management businesses
 
which were previously reported in the U.S.
 
Retail segment are
now reported in the Wealth Management and
 
Insurance segment. Comparative period information
 
has been adjusted to reflect the new alignment.
 
Wholesale
Banking provides a wide range of capital
 
markets, investment banking, and corporate
 
banking products and services,
 
including underwriting and distribution
 
of new
debt and equity issues, providing advice
 
on strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and
 
meeting the daily trading, funding, and investment
 
needs of the Bank’s
clients. The Corporate segment includes the
 
effects of certain asset securitization programs,
 
treasury management, elimination of taxable equivalent
 
adjustments
and other management reclassifications,
 
corporate level tax items, and residual
 
unallocated revenue and expenses.
 
The following table summarizes the segment
 
results for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2024 and April 30, 2023.
Results by Business Segment
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
 
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Commercial Banking
U.S. Retail
and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
3
Corporate
3
Total
For the three months ended April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income (loss)
$
3,812
$
3,377
$
2,841
$
3,034
$
304
$
258
$
189
$
498
$
319
$
261
$
7,465
$
7,428
Non-interest income (loss)
1,027
1,027
606
523
2,810
2,543
1,751
919
160
(43)
6,354
4,969
Total revenue
4,839
4,404
3,447
3,557
3,114
2,801
1,940
1,417
479
218
13,819
12,397
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
467
247
380
190
1
55
12
169
149
1,071
599
Insurance service expenses
1,248
1,118
1,248
1,118
Non-interest expenses
 
1,957
1,903
2,597
2,022
1,027
963
1,430
1,189
1,390
679
8,401
6,756
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
2,415
2,254
470
1,345
839
719
455
216
(1,080)
(610)
3,099
3,924
Provision for (recovery of)
income taxes
 
676
629
73
189
218
195
94
66
(332)
(220)
729
859
Share of net income from
investment in Schwab
4,5
183
250
11
(9)
194
241
Net income (loss)
$
1,739
$
1,625
$
580
$
1,406
$
621
$
524
$
361
$
150
$
(737)
$
(399)
$
2,564
$
3,306
For the six months ended April 30
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income (loss)
$
7,645
$
6,916
$
5,740
$
6,201
$
589
$
541
$
387
$
1,023
$
592
$
480
$
14,953
$
15,161
Non-interest income (loss)
2,078
2,077
1,210
1,083
5,660
5,175
3,333
1,739
299
(637)
12,580
9,437
Total revenue
9,723
8,993
6,950
7,284
6,249
5,716
3,720
2,762
891
(157)
27,533
24,598
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
890
574
765
390
1
65
44
352
280
2,072
1,289
Insurance service expenses
2,614
2,282
2,614
2,282
Non-interest expenses
 
3,941
3,766
5,007
4,062
2,074
1,972
2,930
2,072
2,479
2,996
16,431
14,868
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
4,892
4,653
1,178
2,832
1,561
1,461
725
646
(1,940)
(3,433)
6,416
6,159
Provision for (recovery of)
income taxes
 
1,368
1,299
68
393
385
383
159
165
(617)
(442)
1,363
1,798
Share of net income from
investment in Schwab
4,5
377
551
(42)
(25)
335
526
Net income (loss)
$
3,524
$
3,354
$
1,487
$
2,990
$
1,176
$
1,078
$
566
$
481
$
(1,365)
$
(3,016)
$
5,388
$
4,887
1
Amounts for the three and six months ended April 30, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer
 
to Note 2 for details.
2
 
The retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an
 
offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in
Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included
 
in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and
credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.
3
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). The TEB adjustment
 
reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate
segment.
 
4
 
The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles, the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration
 
charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade, the Bank’s
share of Schwab’s restructuring charges, and the Bank’s share of Schwab’s FDIC
 
special assessment charge are recorded in the Corporate segment.
5
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to
 
Note 7 for further details.
Total Assets by Business Segment
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Wholesale
Commercial Banking
U.S. Retail
and Insurance
Banking
Corporate
Total
 
As at April 30, 2024
Total assets
$
572,130
$
563,351
$
22,522
$
670,663
$
138,002
$
1,966,668
As at October 31, 2023
Total assets
$
560,303
$
560,585
$
22,293
$
673,398
$
138,560
$
1,955,139
1
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 80
NOTE 21: INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
The following tables present interest income
 
and interest expense by basis of accounting
 
measurement.
 
Interest Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
19,694
$
16,634
$
39,260
$
32,161
 
Measured at FVOCI – Debt instruments
1
965
795
1,898
1,516
20,659
17,429
41,158
33,677
Measured or designated at FVTPL
2,247
1,797
4,497
3,553
Measured at FVOCI – Equity instruments
90
81
154
133
Total
$
22,996
$
19,307
$
45,809
$
37,363
1
Interest income is calculated using EIRM.
Interest Expense
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
April 30, 2024
April 30, 2023
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
12,504
$
9,613
$
24,696
$
18,283
 
Measured or designated at FVTPL
3,027
2,266
6,160
3,919
Total
$
15,531
$
11,879
$
30,856
$
22,202
1
Interest expense is calculated using EIRM.
NOTE 22: REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
The Bank manages its capital under guidelines
 
established by OSFI. The regulatory
 
capital guidelines measure capital in relation
 
to credit, market, and operational
risks. The Bank has various capital policies,
 
procedures, and controls which it utilizes
 
to achieve its goals and objectives. The Bank
 
is designated as a domestic
systemically important bank (D-SIB) and
 
a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).
Canadian banks designated as D-SIBs are required
 
to comply with OSFI’s minimum targets for risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratios. The minimum
 
targets
include a D-SIB surcharge and Domestic Stability
 
Buffer (DSB) for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1, Total Capital and risk-based Total Loss Absorbing
Capacity (TLAC) ratios. The DSB level
 
was increased to
3.5
% as of November 1, 2023, which sets these
 
minimum target ratios at
11.5
%,
13.0
%,
15.0
% and
25.0
%, respectively. The OSFI target includes the greater of the
 
D-SIB or G-SIB surcharge, both of which
 
are currently
1
% for the Bank. On February 1, 2023,
OSFI announced revisions to the Leverage
 
Requirements Guideline to introduce a requirement
 
for D-SIBs to hold a leverage ratio buffer of
0.50
% in addition to the
existing minimum requirement. This sets
 
the minimum targets for leverage and TLAC
 
leverage ratios at
3.5
% and
7.25
%, respectively.
 
The Bank complied with all minimum risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratio requirements
 
set by OSFI in the six months ended April 30,
 
2024.
 
The following table summarizes the Bank’s regulatory
 
capital positions as at April 30, 2024 and
 
October 31, 2023.
 
The impact to CET1 capital upon adoption
 
of IFRS 17 is immaterial to the Bank.
Regulatory Capital Position
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
October 31
 
2024
2023
Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
$
80,841
$
82,317
Tier 1 Capital
90,988
92,752
Total Capital
102,973
103,648
Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation
 
of capital ratios
602,825
571,161
Capital and leverage ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
13.4
%
14.4
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
15.1
16.2
Total Capital ratio
17.1
18.1
Leverage ratio
4.3
4.4
TLAC Ratio
30.6
32.7
TLAC Leverage Ratio
8.7
8.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2024
 
• REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 81
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
Shareholder Services
If you:
And your inquiry relates to:
 
Please contact:
Are a registered shareholder (your name appears
on your TD share certificate)
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
dividend bank account changes, the dividend
reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings
 
of
shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming)
receiving annual and quarterly reports
Transfer Agent:
TSX Trust Company
301-100 Adelaide Street West
Toronto, ON M5H 4H1
 
1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)
or 416-682-3860
Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189
 
shareholderinquiries@tmx.com or www.tsxtrust.com
 
Hold your TD shares through the
 
Direct Registration System
 
in the United States
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder
materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving
 
annual
and quarterly reports
Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43006
Providence, RI 02940-3006
or
Computershare Trust Company,
 
N.A.
150 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
1-866-233-4836
TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469
Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578
TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610
Email inquiries: web.queries@computershare.com
For electronic access to your account visit:
www.computershare.com/investor
 
Beneficially own TD shares that are
 
held in the
name of an intermediary, such as a bank,
 
a trust
company, a securities broker or other nominee
Your TD shares, including questions
 
regarding the
dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of
shareholder materials
Your intermediary
For all other shareholder inquiries, please
 
contact TD Shareholder Relations at
 
416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email
 
tdshinfo@td.com. Please note that by
leaving us an e-mail or voicemail message,
 
you are providing your consent for us to
 
forward your inquiry to the appropriate party
 
for response.
 
General Information
Products and services: Contact TD
 
Canada Trust, 24 hours a day, seven
 
days a week: 1-866-567-8888
 
French: 1-866-233-2323
Cantonese/Mandarin: 1-800-328-3698
 
Telephone device for the hearing impaired
 
(TTY): 1-800-361-1180
Website:
 
www.td.com
Email:
customer.service@td.com
Quarterly Earnings Conference Call
TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference
 
call in Toronto, Ontario on May 23, 2024.
 
The call will be audio webcast live through
 
TD’s
 
website at 8:00 a.m. ET.
The call will feature presentations by
 
TD executives on the Bank’s financial results
 
for second quarter and discussions of related
 
disclosures, followed by a
question-and-answer period with analysts.
 
The presentation material referenced
 
during the call will be available on the
 
TD website at
www.td.com/investor
 
on
May 23, 2024, in advance of the call.
 
A listen-only telephone line
 
is available at 416-641-6150 or 1-866-696-5894
 
(toll free) and the passcode is 2727354#.
The audio webcast and presentations will be
 
archived at
www.td.com/investor
. Replay of the teleconference will be available
 
from 5:00 p.m. ET on May 23, 2024,
until 11:59 p.m. ET on June 7, 2024,
 
by calling 905-694-9451
 
or 1-800-408-3053 (toll free). The passcode
 
is 7300743#.